{"title":"Metal lathes","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e156 Bernardo metal lathes from €1,183 to €41,100 for working steel, iron, aluminum, and cast iron. Hobby and Profi bench lathes from €1,183 (230V single-phase, Ø200–350 mm), Master, Smart, Compact, and Solid universal mechanical lathes with DRO and center distances from 500 to 1,500 mm, Goliath and Titan heavy-duty lathes up to Ø800 mm and 3,000 mm center distance, 3-axis CNC lathes with Siemens 808D control. 230V single-phase power supply for bench models, 400V three-phase for universal and heavy-duty models. Weight from 48 kg to 7,200 kg. Official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"bernardo-tornio-metallo-apollo-1000-x-1500-con-visualizzatore-digitale-a-3-assi","title":"Bernardo APOLLO parallel lathe 1000 × 1500 – Ø 1,000 mm, 3-axis digital readout","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo APOLLO 1000 × 1500 bed lathe turns diameters up to Ø 1,000 mm on the bed (Ø 650 mm over the carriage), distance between centers 1500 mm, spindle bore 130 mm, ISO A2-15 spindle nose, 24 forward speeds (3.15–315 rpm) + 12 reverse, X\/Z feeds from 0.064–12 \/ 0.032–6 mm\/rev, 3-axis digital readout included as standard. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1500 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwing over bed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 1,000 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwing over carriage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 650 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle bore:\u003c\/strong\u003e 130 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle nose:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO A2-15\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speeds:\u003c\/strong\u003e (24) 3.15–315 rpm \/ (12) 5–400 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax workpiece weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6,000 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eZ-axis travel:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1300 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital readout:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-axis as standard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the APOLLO 1000 × 1500 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo APOLLO 1000 × 1500 is a parallel workshop lathe for machining large workpieces: with Ø 1,000 mm over the bed and a distance between centers of 1500 mm, it handles shafts, rollers, flanges, and structural components that do not fit into standard 500–600 mm lathes. The 130 mm spindle bore allows large diameter bars to pass through. The 3-axis digital readout included as standard eliminates reading times and improves repeatability of dimensions. The speed range from 3.15 to 400 rpm covers everything from heavy turning with large tools to precision finishing. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is used by industrial repair shops, equipment manufacturers, and machining centers for large components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo APOLLO 1000 × 1500 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge industrial lathe not suitable for hobby use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional machine shop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 1,000 mm, 1500 mm between centers, workpiece weight up to 6,000 kg: for machining large components that standard lathes cannot handle.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3-axis digital readout, 24 speeds, full threading range: the lathe for repair and production workshops for large components.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e pieces over Ø 1,000 mm; hobby use; workshops without experience in turning large machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 1,000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over carriage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 650 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBed width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e755 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax workpiece weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6,000 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and speeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle nose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eISO A2-15\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop slide inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e±180°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speeds (forward)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(24) 3.15–315 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speeds (reverse)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(12) 5–400 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFeeds and threads\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX-axis travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e510 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZ-axis travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZ1-axis travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX \/ Z \/ Z1 feeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.064–12 \/ 0.032–6 \/ 0.016–3 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX \/ Z rapid feeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,870 \/ 3,740 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetric threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(45) 1–120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiametral threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(42) 30–1\/4 DP\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModule threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(46) 0.5–60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhitworth threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(48) 0.5–60 GPZ\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). Large machine and heavy weight: coordinate with Krollit for unloading equipment and foundation before delivery. Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does the standard 3-axis digital readout include?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe digital readout measures and displays the positions of the X (transverse), Z (longitudinal), and Z1 (top slide) axes in real time with a resolution of 0.001 mm. It allows you to zero the position at any reference point and directly read the target dimension without manual calculations. It significantly reduces reading errors and setup times compared to traditional nonius scales.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between APOLLO 1000 × 1500, × 3000, and × 5000?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe three models have the same specifications for Ø (1,000 mm), spindle (ISO A2-15, 130 mm bore), speeds, and feeds. They differ only in the distance between centers (1,500, 3,000, 5,000 mm) and consequently in the Z-axis travel (1,300, 2,800, 4,800 mm). The choice depends on the maximum length of the workpieces to be turned.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat diameter bars can the 130 mm spindle bore accommodate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 130 mm spindle bore allows bars up to approximately Ø 125–127 mm to pass through (with clearance tolerance). For large section bars, this feature is essential for working long pieces without having to cut them beforehand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs assistance and spare parts available in Italian?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustomer support in Italian is available. Original Bernardo spare parts with 3–5 working days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat kind of foundation does a lathe of this size require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA lathe with a workpiece weight of up to 6,000 kg and a 1500 mm bed requires a reinforced concrete foundation designed by a structural engineer for the specific site. Coordinate with Krollit for machine weight specifications and anchoring guidelines before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693213421896,"sku":"03-1371XL","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Apollo_1000_x_1500_Tornio_parallelo_pesante_con_visualizzatore_digitale_a_3_assi.jpg?v=1757086082"},{"product_id":"bernardo-tornio-metallo-apollo-1000-x-3000-con-visualizzatore-digitale-a-3-assi","title":"Bernardo APOLLO 1000 × 3000 Lathe – Ø 1,000 mm, 3-axis digital readout","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo APOLLO 1000 × 3000 lathe turns diameters up to Ø 1,000 mm on the bed (Ø 650 mm over the cross slide), center distance 3000 mm, spindle bore 130 mm, ISO A2-15 mounting, 24 forward speeds (3.15–315 rpm) + 12 reverse speeds, X\/Z feeds from 0.064–12 \/ 0.032–6 mm\/rev, 3-axis digital readout as standard. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as the official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3000 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwing over bed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 1,000 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwing over cross slide:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 650 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle bore:\u003c\/strong\u003e 130 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle nose:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO A2-15\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speeds:\u003c\/strong\u003e (24) 3.15–315 rpm \/ (12) 5–400 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax. workpiece weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6,000 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eZ-axis travel:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2800 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital readout:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-axis as standard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the APOLLO 1000 × 3000 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo APOLLO 1000 × 3000 is a workshop parallel lathe for machining large workpieces: with Ø 1,000 mm over the bed and a center distance of 3000 mm, it handles shafts, rollers, flanges, and structural components that do not fit in standard 500–600 mm lathes. The 130 mm spindle bore allows large-section bars to pass through. The standard 3-axis digital readout eliminates reading times and improves repeatability of dimensions. The speed range from 3.15 to 400 rpm covers everything from heavy turning with large tools to precision finishing. In Krollit customer workshops, it is used by industrial repair shops, equipment manufacturers, and machining centers for large components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo APOLLO 1000 × 3000 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge industrial lathe not suitable for hobby use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional machine shop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 1,000 mm, 3000 mm between centers, workpiece weight up to 6,000 kg: for machining large components that standard lathes cannot handle.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3-axis digital readout, 24 speeds, full threading range: the lathe for repair shops and production of large components.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workpieces over Ø 1,000 mm; hobby use; workshops without experience turning on large machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 1,000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over cross slide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 650 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBed width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e755 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. workpiece weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6,000 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and speeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle nose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eISO A2-15\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop slide inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e±180°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speeds (forward)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(24) 3.15–315 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speeds (reverse)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(12) 5–400 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFeeds and threads\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX-axis travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e510 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZ-axis travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2800 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZ1-axis travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX \/ Z \/ Z1 feeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.064–12 \/ 0.032–6 \/ 0.016–3 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRapid traverses X \/ Z\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,870 \/ 3,740 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetric threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(45) 1–120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiametral threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(42) 30–1\/4 DP\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModule threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(46) 0.5–60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhitworth threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(48) 0.5–60 TPI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days for Southern Italy). Large and heavy machine: coordinate with Krollit for unloading equipment and foundation before delivery. Original spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does the standard 3-axis digital readout include?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe digital readout measures and displays the positions of the X (cross), Z (longitudinal), and Z1 (top slide) axes in real-time with 0.001 mm resolution. It allows zeroing the position at any reference point and directly reading the target dimension without manual calculations. It significantly reduces reading errors and setup times compared to traditional verniers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between APOLLO 1000 × 1500, × 3000, and × 5000?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe three models have the same specifications for Ø (1,000 mm), spindle (ISO A2-15, 130 mm bore), speeds, and feeds. They differ only in the distance between centers (1,500, 3,000, 5,000 mm) and consequently in the Z-axis travel (1,300, 2,800, 4,800 mm). The choice depends on the maximum length of workpieces to be turned.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat diameter bars can pass through the 130 mm spindle bore?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 130 mm spindle bore allows bars up to approximately Ø 125–127 mm (with tolerance for play) to pass through. For large-section bars, this feature is essential for machining long workpieces without having to cut them beforehand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre assistance and spare parts available in Italian?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustomer support in Italian available. Original Bernardo spare parts with 3–5 business day shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat kind of foundation does a lathe of this size require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA lathe with a workpiece weight of up to 6,000 kg and a 3000 mm bed requires a reinforced concrete foundation designed by a structural engineer for the specific site. Coordinate with Krollit for machine weight specifications and anchoring instructions before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693223743816,"sku":"03-1372XL","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Torni-Bernardo-metallo-2.jpg?v=1750068572"},{"product_id":"bernardo-tornio-metallo-apollo-1000-x-5000-con-visualizzatore-digitale-a-3-assi","title":"Bernardo APOLLO 1000 × 5000 Lathe – Ø 1,000 mm, 3-axis digital readout","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo APOLLO 1000 × 5000 bench lathe turns diameters up to Ø 1,000 mm on the bed (Ø 650 mm over the cross slide), with a distance between centers of 5000 mm, a spindle bore of 130 mm, an ISO A2-15 spindle nose, 24 forward speeds (3.15–315 rpm) + 12 reverse speeds, X\/Z feeds from 0.064–12 \/ 0.032–6 mm\/rev, and a standard 3-axis digital readout. Produced in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5000 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwing over bed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 1,000 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwing over cross slide:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 650 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle bore:\u003c\/strong\u003e 130 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle nose:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO A2-15\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e (24) 3.15–315 rpm \/ (12) 5–400 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax workpiece weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6,000 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eZ-axis travel:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4800 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital readout:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 axes standard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the APOLLO 1000 × 5000 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo APOLLO 1000 × 5000 is a workshop parallel lathe for machining large workpieces: with Ø 1,000 mm over the bed and a distance between centers of 5000 mm, it handles shafts, rollers, flanges, and structural components that do not fit in standard 500–600 mm lathes. The 130 mm spindle bore allows large-section bars to pass through. The standard 3-axis digital readout eliminates reading times and improves dimensional repeatability. The speed range from 3.15 to 400 rpm covers everything from heavy turning with large tools to precision finishing. In Krollit's customers' workshops, it is used by industrial repair shops, equipment manufacturers, and machining centers for large components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo APOLLO 1000 × 5000 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge industrial lathe not suitable for hobby use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional machine shop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 1,000 mm, 5000 mm between centers, workpiece weight up to 6,000 kg: for machining large components that standard lathes cannot handle.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3-axis digital readout, 24 speeds, full threading range: the lathe for repair shops and production of large components.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workpieces over Ø 1,000 mm; hobby use; workshops without experience turning on large machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 1,000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over cross slide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 650 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBed width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e755 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax workpiece weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6,000 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and speeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle nose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eISO A2-15\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompound slide swivel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e±180°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed (forward)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(24) 3.15–315 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed (reverse)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(12) 5–400 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFeeds and threads\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX-axis travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e510 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZ-axis travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4800 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZ1-axis travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX \/ Z \/ Z1 feeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.064–12 \/ 0.032–6 \/ 0.016–3 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRapid feeds X \/ Z\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,870 \/ 3,740 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetric threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(45) 1–120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiametral pitch threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(42) 30–1\/4 DP\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModule threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(46) 0.5–60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhitworth threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(48) 0.5–60 TPI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days in the South). Large and heavy machine: coordinate with Krollit for unloading equipment and foundation before delivery. Original spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does the standard 3-axis digital readout include?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe digital readout measures and displays the positions of the X (transverse), Z (longitudinal), and Z1 (compound slide) axes in real time with a resolution of 0.001 mm. It allows you to zero the position at any reference point and directly read the target dimension without manual calculations. It significantly reduces reading errors and setup times compared to traditional verniers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between APOLLO 1000 × 1500, × 3000, and × 5000?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe three models have the same Ø specifications (1,000 mm), spindle (ISO A2-15, 130 mm bore), speeds, and feeds. They differ only in the distance between centers (1,500, 3,000, 5,000 mm) and consequently in the Z-axis travel (1,300, 2,800, 4,800 mm). The choice depends on the maximum length of the workpieces to be turned.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat diameter bars can the 130 mm spindle bore accommodate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 130 mm spindle bore allows bars up to approximately Ø 125–127 mm (with tolerance for clearance) to pass through. For large-section bars, this feature is essential for machining long workpieces without having to cut them beforehand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre assistance and spare parts available in Italian?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustomer support available in Italian. Original Bernardo spare parts with 3–5 business day shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat foundation does a lathe of this size require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA lathe with a workpiece weight of up to 6,000 kg and a 5000 mm bed requires a reinforced concrete foundation designed by a structural engineer for the specific site. Coordinate with Krollit for machine weight specifications and anchoring instructions before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693231870280,"sku":"03-1373XL","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Apollo_1000_x_5000_Tornio_parallelo_pesante_con_visualizzatore_digitale_a_3_as.jpg?v=1757083955"},{"product_id":"bernardo-tornio-metallo-apollo-1000-x-8000-con-visualizzatore-digitale-a-3-assi","title":"Bernardo Apollo 1000 x 8000 Heavy Duty Lathe – distance between centers 8000 mm, diameter 1000 mm, 22 kW motor, ISO A2-15, weight 16,100 kg, 3-axis DRO included","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Apollo 1000 x 8000 heavy-duty conventional lathe is the compact model in the Apollo family. It offers a distance between centers of 8000 mm, a swing over bed of 1000 mm, a swing over cross slide of 650 mm, a bed width of 755 mm, an ISO A2-15 spindle nose with a 130 mm bore, spindle speeds of (24) 3.15-315 \/ (12) 5-400 rpm, and a 22 kW 400V three-phase motor. A 3-axis ES-12 V digital readout is included, and it features a solid cast iron construction. The machine weight is approx. 16,100 kg. Suitable for shipbuilding, energy, and heavy mechanical sectors. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8000 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwing over bed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1000 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwing over cross slide:\u003c\/strong\u003e 650 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBed width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 755 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle nose:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO A2-15 with 130 mm bore\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 22 kW – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachine weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 16,100 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Apollo 1000 x 8000 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Apollo 1000 x 8000 is one of the compact heavy-duty conventional lathes in the Apollo range, characterized by an extended 8,000 mm distance between centers combined with a contained 1,000 mm swing over the bed. The reinforced bed with a width of 755 mm and the ISO A2-15 spindle nose define its operational scope: machining shafts, profiles, and cylindrical parts typical of medium-to-large industrial mechanical workshops. The included 3-axis ES-12 V digital readout, cardan shaft transmission with hydraulic clutch, and 36 speeds from 3.15 to 400 rpm with gear change cover any material and geometry. The soft start of the spindle with mechanical coupling reduces stress on components during the start-up of heavy workpieces. In Krollit's customer workshops, the Apollo 1000 x 8000 is chosen by industrial mechanical workshops, shipyards for axis and shaft repair and reconstruction, manufacturers of turbine and generator components, and workshops specializing in precision turning of heavy parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Apollo family is the line of heavy-duty conventional lathes for industrial applications. It comprises 12 models organized by swing over bed (1000, 1250, 1600, 2000 mm) and distance between centers (1,500, 2,000, 3,000, 5,000, 8,000 mm). Family 1000-1250 (this model): ISO A2-15 spindle, 22 kW motor, 36 speeds from 3.15 to 400 rpm, 755 mm bed. Suitable for precision machining of medium to large workpieces. Above it: 1600 family with ISO A2-15 (970 mm bed) for bulkier workpieces while maintaining a compatible structure; 1600 family with MT 7 (1,100 mm bed) for heavy industrial applications; 2000 family (top, MT 7, 22-30 kW motor, 2,300 mm gap) for heavy industrial production. Alongside the 1000 x 8000 in the same family: Apollo 1250 x 1500, Apollo 1250 x 3000, Apollo 1250 x 5000, Apollo 1250 x 8000. The choice between models in the family depends on the length of the workpieces: for long shafts, 8,000 mm distance between centers; for standard shafts, 3,000 mm; for compact short workpieces, 1,500 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). With a weight of approx. 16,100 kg, it requires a crane of adequate capacity and suitable industrial flooring. Dimensions 11.1 × 1.81 × 1.79 m: verify access to the workshop. Steady rests, tailstocks, self-centering chucks, and original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 business days shipping. Customer assistance available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFor whom is the Apollo 1000 x 8000\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy-duty industrial machine with a weight of approx. 16,100 kg and requiring a 400V industrial three-phase line. Exclusively high-level professional application.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial mechanical workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 mm swing over bed and 8000 mm distance between centers cover standard industrial machining. ES-12 V digital readout included, solid cast iron construction, ISO A2-15 spindle nose for professional tools.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipyard \/ turbine and energy manufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfiguration suitable for turning shafts, spindles, and mechanical components for the shipbuilding and energy sectors. 755 mm bed and MT 80 tailstock for stability on long and heavy workpieces.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e machining requiring a swing over bed beyond 1000 mm (move up to the 1600 or 2000 family); workpieces over 8000 mm between centers (choose a model with a greater distance); workshops without a 400V industrial three-phase line or without adequately sized industrial flooring; high-volume CNC series production (consider CNC lathes).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTurning capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over cross slide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e650 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax workpiece weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6,000 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBed width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e755 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and speeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle nose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eISO A2-15\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(24) 3.15-315 \/ (12) 5-400 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTravels and feeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX-axis travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e510 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZ-axis travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7800 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZ1-axis travel (tailstock)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeeds (X \/ Z \/ Z1)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.064-12 \/ 0.032-6 \/ 0.016-3 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRapid feeds (X \/ Z)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.870 \/ 3.740 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTailstock\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock (taper)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 80\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock (Ø)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock quill travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock transverse adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e± 2.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – 50Hz – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSteady rests\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFixed steady rest (passage)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50-470 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTraveling steady rest (passage)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50-220 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.1 × 1.81 × 1.79 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 16,100 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo Apollo 1000 x 8000 Lathe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-axis ES-12 V digital readout with LCD display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eØ 1000 mm independent chuck\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFixed steady rest (passage 50-470 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTraveling steady rest (passage 50-220 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotorized tailstock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentralized lubrication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInitial filling with Shell Tellus 46 oil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4-position tool post\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool post protective cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoolant system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLED machine lamp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMorse taper sleeve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnchoring bolts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the typical application sectors for the Apollo 1000 x 8000?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNaval (marine shafts, propellers, gearboxes), energy (turbine shafts, generators), heavy mechanical (cylinders, pulleys, gears). The 8000 mm distance between centers and 1000 mm swing over bed define the operational range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExamples of typical parts: long transmission shafts (components for marine engines), large-diameter cylindrical profiles (components for industrial machinery), industrial pipe flanges. For specific parts, verify the maximum diameter, length, and weight of the part in relation to the machine's capabilities in advance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat operational space does it require in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine dimensions 11.1 × 1.81 × 1.79 m. For operational use (loading\/unloading parts, handling, maintenance access), an overall area of at least 1.5x the machine's dimensions is needed, with adequate ceiling height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation requires industrial flooring or a reinforced concrete foundation sized for the machine's weight plus typical workpieces. For initial installation, it is recommended to consult a qualified installer for structural and site compliance assessment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the 3-axis ES-12 V digital readout really necessary?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, for precision production. The DRO shows the exact position of the axes in hundredths of a millimeter in real-time, eliminating reading errors from graduated handwheels. On a heavy-duty lathe of this size, positioning accuracy is crucial for machining quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWithout a DRO, positioning accuracy depends on visual reading of the handwheels and compensation for screw play: errors of 0.1-0.2 mm are typical. With a DRO, positioning accuracy easily reaches 0.01 mm. On the Apollo, it is included as standard, unlike many entry-level industrial lathes from other brands where the DRO is an expensive optional accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it better to get an Apollo 1000 or upgrade to the 1600 diameter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the maximum diameter of typical workpieces. Up to Ø 800 mm over the bed, the Apollo 1000 is correctly sized. For parts regularly above Ø 850 mm, the 1600 family is mandatory.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 1600 family has a reinforced bed of 970 mm (vs 755 mm), extended X-travel of 820 mm (vs 630 mm), and higher weight. The cost is higher. For growing workshops or those with variable needs, it is strategically preferable to size correctly in advance. For established workshops with standardized production at the current maximum diameter, the additional investment is not justified.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the expected service life of an Apollo lathe?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard industrial use, the Apollo range is designed for an operational life of over 25-30 years with regular maintenance. Wear-prone components (bearings, guideways, lubrication system, clutches) can be replaced with original Bernardo spare parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stabilized, hardened, and ground cast iron structure (a characteristic of Apollo lathes) does not significantly wear: the bed and headstock maintain precision for decades with correct maintenance. Mechanical components in contact are sized for continuous industrial use and are replaced periodically. Original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with 3-5 business days shipping. For intensive use, a semi-annual preventive maintenance plan is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693233508680,"sku":"03-1374XL","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Apollo_1000_x_8000_Tornio_parallelo_pesante_con_visualizzatore_digitale_a_3_assi.jpg?v=1757082817"},{"product_id":"bernardo-tornio-metallo-apollo-1250-x-1500-con-visualizzatore-digitale-a-3-assi","title":"Bernardo Apollo 1250 x 1500 Heavy Duty Lathe – 1500 mm center distance, 1250 mm swing, 22 kW motor, ISO A2-15, 10,050 kg weight, 3-axis DRO included","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Apollo 1250 x 1500 heavy-duty conventional lathe is the compact model in the Apollo family. It offers a distance between centers of 1500 mm, a swing over bed of 1250 mm, a swing over cross slide of 900 mm, a bed width of 755 mm, a spindle nose of ISO A2-15 with a 130 mm bore, spindle speeds (24) 3.15-315 \/ (12) 5-400 rpm, and a 22 kW, 400V three-phase motor. A 3-axis digital readout ES-12 V is included, and it features a solid cast iron construction. The machine weight is approx. 10,050 kg. Suitable for naval, energy, and heavy mechanical industries. Made in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1500 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwing over bed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1250 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwing over cross slide:\u003c\/strong\u003e 900 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBed width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 755 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle nose:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO A2-15 with 130 mm bore\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 22 kW – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachine weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 10,050 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Apollo 1250 x 1500 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Apollo 1250 x 1500 is one of the compact heavy-duty conventional lathes in the Apollo range, characterized by a compact 1,500 mm distance between centers and a high turning diameter of 1,250 mm over the bed. The reinforced bed with a width of 755 mm and the ISO A2-15 spindle nose define its operational scope: machining of shafts, profiles, and cylindrical parts typical of medium-large industrial mechanical workshops. The included 3-axis ES-12 V digital readout, cardan shaft transmission with hydraulic clutch, and 36 speeds from 3.15 to 400 rpm with gear changes cover any material and geometry. The soft start of the spindle with mechanical coupling reduces stress on components when starting heavy workpieces. In Krollit customer workshops, the Apollo 1250 x 1500 is chosen by industrial mechanical workshops, shipyards for shaft repair and reconstruction, manufacturers of turbine and generator components, and workshops specializing in precision turning of heavy parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Apollo family is the line of heavy-duty conventional lathes for industrial applications. It consists of 12 models organized by swing over bed (1000, 1250, 1600, 2000 mm) and distance between centers (1,500, 2,000, 3,000, 5,000, 8,000 mm). Family 1000-1250 (this model): ISO A2-15 connection, 22 kW motor, 36 speeds from 3.15 to 400 rpm, 755 mm bed. Suitable for precision machining of medium-large parts. Above it: 1600 family with ISO A2-15 (970 mm bed) for bulkier parts while maintaining a compatible structure; 1600 family with MT 7 (1,100 mm bed) for heavy industrial applications; 2000 family (top, MT 7, 22-30 kW motor, 2,300 mm gap) for heavy industrial production. Alongside the 1250 x 1500 in the same family: Apollo 1000 x 8000, Apollo 1250 x 3000, Apollo 1250 x 5000, Apollo 1250 x 8000. The choice between models in the family depends on the length of the parts: for long shafts, 8,000 mm distance between centers; for standard shafts, 3,000 mm; for short, compact parts, 1,500 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics and Krollit support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). With a weight of approx. 10,050 kg, it requires a crane of adequate capacity and suitable industrial flooring. Dimensions 4.6 × 1.88 × 1.92 m: verify workshop access. Steady rests, tailstocks, self-centering chucks, and original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Italian-speaking customer support available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the Apollo 1250 x 1500 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy-duty industrial machine with approx. 10,050 kg weight and industrial 400V three-phase line required. Exclusively high-level professional application.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial mechanical workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1250 mm swing diameter and 1500 mm distance between centers cover standard industrial machining. ES-12 V display included, solid cast iron structure, ISO A2-15 tool post for professional tools.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipyard \/ turbine and energy manufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfiguration suitable for turning shafts, spindles, and mechanical components for the naval and energy sectors. 755 mm bed and MT 80 tailstock for stability on long and heavy parts.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e machining requiring a turning diameter over 1250 mm on the bed (upgrade to the 1600 or 2000 family); parts over 1500 mm between centers (choose a model with a greater distance); workshops without a 400V industrial three-phase line or without properly dimensioned industrial flooring; high-volume CNC series production (consider CNC lathes).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTurning capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over cross slide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e900 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum workpiece weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6,000 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBed width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e755 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and speeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle nose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eISO A2-15\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(24) 3.15-315 \/ (12) 5-400 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTravels and feeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX-axis travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e630 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZ-axis travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZ1-axis travel (tailstock)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeeds (X \/ Z \/ Z1)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.064-12 \/ 0.032-6 \/ 0.016-3 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRapid feeds (X \/ Z)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,870 \/ 3,740 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTailstock\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock (taper)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 80\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock (Ø)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock quill travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock transverse adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e± 2.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – 50Hz – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSteady rests\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFixed steady rest (passage)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50-590 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFollower rest (passage)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50-220 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.6 × 1.88 × 1.92 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 10,050 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo Apollo 1250 x 1500 lathe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-axis digital readout ES-12 V with LCD display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eØ 1000 mm independent chuck\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFixed steady rest (passage 50-590 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollower rest (passage 50-220 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFixed centers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentralized lubrication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInitial filling with Shell Tellus 46 oil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4-way tool post\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool post protective cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoolant system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLED machine lamp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMorse taper sleeve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnchor bolts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the typical sectors of use for the Apollo 1250 x 1500?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNaval (marine shafts, propellers, gearboxes), energy (turbine shafts, generators), heavy mechanical (cylinders, pulleys, gears) sectors. The 1500 mm distance between centers and 1250 mm swing over bed define the operating range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExamples of typical parts: long drive shafts (components for marine engines), large cylindrical profiles (components for industrial machinery), industrial pipe flanges. For specific parts, check the maximum diameter, length, and weight of the part in relation to the machine's capabilities in advance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat operating space does it require in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine dimensions 4.6 × 1.88 × 1.92 m. For operational use (loading\/unloading parts, handling, maintenance access), an overall area at least 1.5x the machine dimensions is needed, with adequate ceiling height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation requires industrial flooring or a reinforced concrete foundation dimensioned for the machine's weight plus typical parts. For initial installation, it is recommended to consult a qualified installer for structural and site compliance assessment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the ES-12 V 3-axis digital readout really necessary?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, for precision production. The DRO displays the exact position of the axes in real time to the hundredth of a millimeter, eliminating reading errors from graduated handwheels. On a heavy-duty lathe of this size, positioning accuracy is crucial for the quality of machining.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWithout a DRO, positioning accuracy depends on visual reading of the handwheels and compensation for screw backlash: errors of 0.1-0.2 mm are typical. With a DRO, positioning accuracy easily reaches 0.01 mm. On the Apollo, it is included as standard, unlike many entry-level industrial lathes from other brands where the DRO is an expensive optional accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it better to get an Apollo 1250 or upgrade to the 1600 diameter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the maximum diameter of typical parts. Up to Ø 1000 mm on the bed, the Apollo 1250 is correctly sized. For parts regularly above Ø 1062 mm, the 1600 family is mandatory.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 1600 family has a reinforced 970 mm bed (vs 755 mm), extended X-travel of 820 mm (vs 630 mm), and higher weight. The cost is higher. For growing workshops or those with variable needs, it is strategically preferable to size correctly in advance. For established workshops with standardized production on the current maximum diameter, the additional investment is not justified.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the expected useful life of an Apollo lathe?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard industrial use, the Apollo range is designed for an operating life of over 25-30 years with regular maintenance. Wear components (bearings, guides, lubrication system, clutches) are replaceable with original Bernardo spare parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stabilized, hardened, and ground cast iron structure (a characteristic of Apollo lathes) does not wear significantly: the bed and headstock maintain precision for decades with correct maintenance. Mechanical contact components are sized for continuous industrial use and are replaced periodically. Original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. For intensive use, a semi-annual preventive maintenance plan is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693238784328,"sku":"03-1375XL","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Apollo_1250_x_1500_Tornio_parallelo_pesante_con_visualizzatore_digitale_a_3_assi.jpg?v=1757081235"},{"product_id":"bernardo-tornio-metallo-apollo-1250-x-3000-con-visualizzatore-digitale-a-3-assi","title":"Bernardo Apollo 1250 x 3000 Heavy Duty Lathe – 3000 mm distance between centers, 1250 mm diameter, 22 kW motor, ISO A2-15, 11,550 kg weight, 3-axis DRO included","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Apollo 1250 x 3000 heavy-duty conventional lathe is the compact model in the Apollo family. It offers a distance between centers of 3000 mm, a swing over bed of 1250 mm, a swing over cross slide of 900 mm, a bed width of 755 mm, an ISO A2-15 spindle nose with a 130 mm bore, spindle speeds of (24) 3.15-315 \/ (12) 5-400 rpm, and a 22 kW 400V three-phase motor. A 3-axis ES-12 V digital readout is included, along with a solid cast iron construction. The machine weighs approximately 11,550 kg. It is suitable for the marine, energy, and heavy mechanical engineering sectors. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3000 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwing over bed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1250 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwing over cross slide:\u003c\/strong\u003e 900 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBed width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 755 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle nose:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO A2-15 with 130 mm bore\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 22 kW – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachine weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 11,550 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Apollo 1250 x 3000 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Apollo 1250 x 3000 is one of the compact heavy-duty conventional lathes in the Apollo range, featuring 3,000 mm between centers and a 1,250 mm swing over bed, a medium configuration. The reinforced bed with a width of 755 mm and the ISO A2-15 spindle nose define its operating range: machining shafts, profiles, and cylindrical parts typical of medium-large industrial machine shops. The included 3-axis ES-12 V digital readout, the power transmission via a cardan shaft with hydraulic clutch, and the 36 speeds from 3.15 to 400 rpm with gear changes cover any material and geometry. The soft start of the spindle with mechanical coupling reduces stress on components when starting heavy workpieces. In Krollit customer workshops, the Apollo 1250 x 3000 is chosen by industrial machine shops, shipyards for repair and reconstruction of axles and shafts, manufacturers of turbine and generator components, and workshops specialized in precision turning of heavy parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Apollo family is the line of heavy-duty conventional lathes for industrial applications. It comprises 12 models organized by swing over bed (1000, 1250, 1600, 2000 mm) and distance between centers (1,500, 2,000, 3,000, 5,000, 8,000 mm). Family 1000-1250 (this model): ISO A2-15 attachment, 22 kW motor, 36 speeds from 3.15 to 400 rpm, 755 mm bed. Suitable for precision machining of medium-large parts. Above it: 1600 family with ISO A2-15 (970 mm bed) for more voluminous parts while maintaining a compatible structure; 1600 family with MT 7 (1,100 mm bed) for heavy industrial applications; 2000 family (top, MT 7, 22-30 kW motor, 2,300 mm gap) for heavy industrial production. Alongside the 1250 x 3000 in the same family: Apollo 1000 x 8000, Apollo 1250 x 1500, Apollo 1250 x 5000, Apollo 1250 x 8000. The choice between models in the family depends on the length of the parts: for long shafts, 8,000 mm distance between centers; for standard shafts, 3,000 mm; for short compact parts, 1,500 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics and Krollit support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). With a weight of approx. 11,550 kg, it requires a crane of adequate capacity and reinforced industrial flooring. Dimensions 6.1 × 1.88 × 1.92 m: check access to the workshop. Steady rests, tailstocks, self-centering chucks, and original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with shipping in 3-5 business days. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Apollo 1250 x 3000 for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy industrial machine with approx. 11,550 kg weight and industrial 400V three-phase power line required. Exclusively high-level professional application.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial machine shop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1250 mm swing over bed and 3000 mm distance between centers cover standard industrial machining operations. ES-12 V display included, solid cast iron structure, ISO A2-15 attachment for professional tools.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipyard \/ turbine and energy manufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfiguration suitable for turning shafts, spindles, and mechanical components for the marine and energy sectors. 755 mm bed and MT 80 tailstock for stability on long and heavy parts.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e operations requiring a swing over bed beyond 1250 mm (upgrade to 1600 or 2000 family); parts over 3000 mm between centers (choose a model with greater distance); workshops without an industrial 400V three-phase line or without adequately dimensioned industrial flooring; high-volume CNC series production (consider CNC lathes).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTurning capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over cross slide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e900 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax workpiece weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6,000 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBed width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e755 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and speeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle nose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eISO A2-15\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(24) 3.15-315 \/ (12) 5-400 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTravels and feeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX-axis travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e630 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZ-axis travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2800 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZ1-axis travel (tailstock)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeeds (X \/ Z \/ Z1)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.064-12 \/ 0.032-6 \/ 0.016-3 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRapid feeds (X \/ Z)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,870 \/ 3,740 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTailstock\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock (taper)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 80\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock (Ø)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuill stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock transverse adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e± 2.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – 50Hz – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSteady rests\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFixed steady rest (capacity)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50-590 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFollower rest (capacity)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50-220 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.1 × 1.88 × 1.92 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 11,550 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo Apollo 1250 x 3000 lathe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eES-12 V 3-axis digital readout with LCD display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eØ 1000 mm independent chuck\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFixed steady rest (capacity 50-590 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollower rest (capacity 50-220 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFixed centers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentralized lubrication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInitial fill with Shell Tellus 46 oil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4-position tool post\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool post protective cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoolant system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLED machine lamp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMorse taper sleeve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnchor bolts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the typical application sectors for the Apollo 1250 x 3000?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMarine (marine shafts, propellers, gearboxes), energy (turbine shafts, generators), heavy mechanical engineering (cylinders, pulleys, gears). The 3000 mm distance between centers and 1250 mm swing over bed define the operating range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExamples of typical parts: long transmission shafts (components for marine engines), large cylindrical profiles (components for industrial machinery), industrial piping flanges. For specific parts, verify the maximum diameter, length, and weight of the part in relation to the machine's capabilities in advance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat operational space does it require in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine dimensions 6.1 × 1.88 × 1.92 m. For operational use (loading\/unloading parts, handling, maintenance access), an overall area at least 1.5 times the machine's dimensions is needed, with adequate ceiling height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation requires industrial flooring or a reinforced concrete foundation dimensioned for the machine's weight plus typical workpieces. For initial installation, it is recommended to consult a qualified installer for structural and site compliance assessment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the ES-12 V 3-axis digital readout really necessary?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, for precision production. The DRO displays the exact position of the axes in real-time, down to a hundredth of a millimeter, eliminating reading errors from graduated handwheels. On a heavy lathe of this size, positioning accuracy is crucial for the quality of machining operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWithout a DRO, positioning accuracy depends on visual reading of the handwheels and compensating for screw backlash: errors of 0.1-0.2 mm are typical. With a DRO, positioning accuracy easily reaches 0.01 mm. On the Apollo, it is included as standard, unlike many entry-level industrial lathes from other brands where the DRO is an expensive optional accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it better to get an Apollo 1250 or upgrade to the 1600 diameter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the maximum diameter of typical workpieces. Up to Ø 1000 mm over the bed, the Apollo 1250 is correctly sized. For parts regularly above Ø 1062 mm, the 1600 family is necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 1600 family has a reinforced 970 mm bed (vs 755 mm), extended 820 mm X-travel (vs 630 mm), and higher weight. The cost is higher. For growing workshops or those with variable needs, it is strategically preferable to size correctly in advance. For established workshops with standardized production on the current maximum diameter, the additional investment is not justified.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the expected service life of an Apollo lathe?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard industrial use, the Apollo range is designed for an operational life of over 25-30 years with regular maintenance. Wear components (bearings, guides, lubrication system, clutches) are replaceable with original Bernardo spare parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stabilized, hardened, and ground cast iron structure (a characteristic of Apollo lathes) does not wear significantly: the bed and headstock maintain precision for decades with proper maintenance. Mechanical components in contact are dimensioned for continuous industrial use and are replaced periodically. Original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with shipping in 3-5 business days. For intensive use, a semi-annual preventive maintenance plan is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693246353736,"sku":"03-1376XL","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/ernardo_Apollo_1250_x_3000_Tornio_parallelo_pesante_con_visualizzatore_digitale_a_3_assi.jpg?v=1757079849"},{"product_id":"bernardo-tornio-metallo-apollo-1250-x-5000-con-visualizzatore-digitale-a-3-assi","title":"Heavy Duty Lathe Bernardo Apollo 1250 x 5000 – distance between centers 5000 mm, diameter 1250 mm, motor 22 kW, ISO A2-15, weight 13.350 kg, 3-axis DRO included","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe heavy-duty parallel lathe Bernardo Apollo 1250 x 5000 is the compact model of the Apollo family. It offers a distance between centers of 5000 mm, a turning diameter over the bed of 1250 mm, a turning diameter over the carriage of 900 mm, a bed width of 755 mm, an ISO A2-15 spindle nose with a 130 mm bore, spindle speeds (24) 3.15-315 \/ (12) 5-400 rpm, and a 22 kW 400V three-phase motor. A 3-axis digital readout ES-12 V is included, and it features a solid cast iron structure. Machine weight approx. 13,350 kg. Suitable for naval, energy, and heavy mechanical sectors. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5000 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTurning diameter over bed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1250 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTurning diameter over carriage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 900 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBed width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 755 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle nose:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO A2-15 with 130 mm bore\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 22 kW – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachine weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 13,350 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Apollo 1250 x 5000 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Apollo 1250 x 5000 is one of the compact heavy-duty parallel lathes in the Apollo range, featuring 5,000 mm between centers with a 1,250 mm diameter: suitable for machining long shafts and medium profiles. The reinforced bed with a width of 755 mm and the ISO A2-15 spindle nose define its operating range: machining shafts, profiles, and cylindrical parts typical of medium-large industrial mechanical workshops. The included 3-axis digital readout ES-12 V, the power transmission via cardan shaft with hydraulic clutch, and the 36 speeds from 3.15 to 400 rpm with gear change cover any material and geometry. The soft start of the spindle with mechanical coupling reduces stress on components when starting heavy workpieces. In Krollit's customers' workshops, the Apollo 1250 x 5000 is chosen by industrial mechanical workshops, shipyards for repair and reconstruction of axles and shafts, manufacturers of turbine and generator components, and workshops specializing in precision turning of heavy workpieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Apollo family is the line of heavy-duty parallel lathes for industrial applications. It consists of 12 models organized by turning diameter over the bed (1000, 1250, 1600, 2000 mm) and distance between centers (1,500, 2,000, 3,000, 5,000, 8,000 mm). Family 1000-1250 (this model): ISO A2-15 spindle nose, 22 kW motor, 36 speeds from 3.15 to 400 rpm, 755 mm bed. Suitable for precision machining of medium-large workpieces. Above it: 1600 family with ISO A2-15 (970 mm bed) for more voluminous workpieces while maintaining a compatible structure; 1600 family with MT 7 (1,100 mm bed) for heavy industrial applications; 2000 family (top, MT 7, 22-30 kW motor, 2,300 mm gap) for heavy industrial production. Alongside the 1250 x 5000 in the same family: Apollo 1000 x 8000, Apollo 1250 x 1500, Apollo 1250 x 3000, Apollo 1250 x 8000. The choice between models in the family depends on the length of the workpieces: for long shafts, 8,000 mm distance between centers, for standard shafts 3,000 mm, for compact short workpieces 1,500 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days for Southern Italy). With a weight of approx. 13,350 kg, it requires an adequate capacity crane and properly sized industrial flooring. Dimensions 8.1 × 1.88 × 1.92 m: check access to the workshop. Steady rests, tailstocks, self-centering chucks, and original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Apollo 1250 x 5000 for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy industrial machine weighing approx. 13,350 kg and requiring industrial 400V three-phase power. Exclusively high-level professional application.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial mechanical workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1250 mm turning diameter and 5000 mm distance between centers cover standard industrial machining. ES-12 V digital readout included, solid cast iron structure, ISO A2-15 attachment for professional tools.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipyard \/ turbine and energy manufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfiguration suitable for turning shafts, spindles, and mechanical components for naval and energy sectors. 755 mm bed and MT 80 tailstock for stability on long and heavy workpieces.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e machining requiring turning diameter over 1250 mm on the bed (upgrade to 1600 or 2000 family); workpieces over 5000 mm between centers (choose model with greater distance); workshops without industrial 400V three-phase power or without properly sized industrial flooring; high-volume CNC series production (consider CNC lathes).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTurning capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurning diameter over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurning diameter over carriage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e900 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum workpiece weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6,000 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBed width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e755 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and speeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle nose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eISO A2-15\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(24) 3.15-315 \/ (12) 5-400 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTravels and feeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX-axis travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e630 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZ-axis travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4800 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZ1-axis travel (tailstock)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeeds (X \/ Z \/ Z1)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.064-12 \/ 0.032-6 \/ 0.016-3 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRapid feeds (X \/ Z)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,870 \/ 3,740 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTailstock\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock (taper)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 80\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock (Ø)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock quill travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock cross adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e± 2.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – 50Hz – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSteady rests\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFixed steady rest (passage)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50-590 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTraveling steady rest (passage)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50-220 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.1 × 1.88 × 1.92 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 13,350 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo Apollo 1250 x 5000 lathe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-axis digital readout ES-12 V with LCD display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eØ 1000 mm independent chuck\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFixed steady rest (passage 50-590 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTraveling steady rest (passage 50-220 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotorized tailstock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentralized lubrication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInitial filling with Shell Tellus 46 oil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4-position tool post\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool post protective cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoolant system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLED machine lamp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMorse taper sleeve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnchor bolts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the typical application sectors for the Apollo 1250 x 5000?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNaval (marine shafts, propellers, gearboxes), energy (turbine shafts, generators), heavy mechanical (cylinders, pulleys, gears). The 5000 mm distance between centers and 1250 mm turning diameter define its operating range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExamples of typical workpieces: long transmission shafts (components for marine engines), large cylindrical profiles (components for industrial machinery), industrial pipe flanges. For specific workpieces, check the maximum diameter, length, and weight of the workpiece in relation to the machine's capabilities in advance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat operating space does it require in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine dimensions 8.1 × 1.88 × 1.92 m. For operational use (loading\/unloading workpieces, handling, maintenance access), a total area of at least 1.5x the machine dimensions is required, with adequate ceiling height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation requires industrial flooring or a reinforced concrete foundation sized for the weight of the machine plus typical workpieces. For initial installation, it is recommended to consult a qualified installer for structural and conformity assessment of the site.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the ES-12 V 3-axis digital readout really necessary?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, for precision production. The DRO displays the exact axis position in real time to the hundredth of a millimeter, eliminating reading errors from graduated handwheels. On a heavy-duty lathe of this size, positioning accuracy is crucial for machining quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWithout a DRO, positioning accuracy depends on visual reading of the handwheels and compensation for screw backlash: errors of 0.1-0.2 mm are typical. With a DRO, positioning accuracy easily reaches 0.01 mm. On the Apollo, it is included as standard, unlike many entry-level industrial lathes from other brands where the DRO is an expensive optional accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it better to get an Apollo 1250 or upgrade to the 1600 diameter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the maximum diameter of typical workpieces. Up to Ø 1000 mm on the bed, the Apollo 1250 is correctly sized. For workpieces regularly over Ø 1062 mm, the 1600 family is mandatory.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 1600 family has a reinforced bed of 970 mm (vs 755 mm), extended X-travel of 820 mm (vs 630 mm), and higher weight. The cost is higher. For growing workshops or those with variable needs, it is strategically preferable to size correctly in advance. For established workshops with standardized production at the current maximum diameter, the additional investment is not justified.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the expected lifespan of an Apollo lathe?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard industrial use, the Apollo range is designed for an operational life of over 25-30 years with regular maintenance. Wear parts (bearings, guides, lubrication system, clutches) can be replaced with original Bernardo spare parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stabilized, hardened, and ground cast iron structure (a characteristic of Apollo lathes) does not wear significantly: the bed and headstock maintain precision for decades with correct maintenance. Mechanical contact components are designed for continuous industrial use and are replaced periodically. Original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. For intensive use, a semi-annual preventive maintenance plan is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693252251976,"sku":"03-1380XL","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Apollo_1250_x_5000_Tornio_parallelo_pesante_con_visualizzatore_digitale_a_3_assi.jpg?v=1757078462"},{"product_id":"bernardo-tornio-metallo-apollo-1250-x-8000-con-visualizzatore-digitale-a-3-assi","title":"Bernardo Apollo 1250 x 8000 heavy-duty conventional lathe – 8000 mm distance between centers, 1250 mm swing, 22 kW motor, ISO A2-15, 16,800 kg weight, 3-axis DRO included","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Apollo 1250 x 8000 heavy-duty conventional lathe is the compact model in the Apollo family. It offers a distance between centers of 8000 mm, a swing over bed of 1250 mm, a swing over cross slide of 900 mm, a bed width of 755 mm, an ISO A2-15 spindle nose with a 130 mm bore, spindle speeds of (24) 3.15-315 \/ (12) 5-400 rpm, and a 22 kW 400V three-phase motor. A 3-axis ES-12 V digital readout is included, and it features a solid cast iron construction. The machine weight is approx. 16,800 kg. Suitable for the naval, energy, and heavy mechanical sectors. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8000 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwing over bed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1250 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwing over cross slide:\u003c\/strong\u003e 900 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBed width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 755 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle nose:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO A2-15 with 130 mm bore\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 22 kW – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachine weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 16,800 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Apollo 1250 x 8000 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Apollo 1250 x 8000 is one of the compact heavy-duty conventional lathes in the Apollo range, characterized by the maximum combination of the 1250 family: 8,000 mm between centers with a turning diameter of 1,250 mm. The reinforced bed with a width of 755 mm and the ISO A2-15 spindle nose define the operating range: machining of shafts, profiles, and cylindrical parts typical of medium-to-large industrial mechanical workshops. The included 3-axis ES-12 V digital readout, the transmission via cardan shaft with hydraulic clutch, and the 36 speeds from 3.15 to 400 rpm with gear change cover any material and geometry. The soft start of the spindle with mechanical coupling reduces stress on components during the start-up of heavy workpieces. In Krollit customers' workshops, the Apollo 1250 x 8000 is chosen by industrial mechanical workshops, shipyards for repair and reconstruction of axles and shafts, manufacturers of components for turbines and generators, and workshops specializing in precision turning of heavy parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Apollo Bernardo family is the line of heavy-duty conventional lathes for industrial applications. It consists of 12 models organized by swing over bed (1000, 1250, 1600, 2000 mm) and distance between centers (1,500, 2,000, 3,000, 5,000, 8,000 mm). Family 1000-1250 (this model): ISO A2-15 spindle nose, 22 kW motor, 36 speeds from 3.15 to 400 rpm, 755 mm bed. Suitable for precision machining of medium-to-large parts. Above it: family 1600 with ISO A2-15 (970 mm bed) for bulkier parts while maintaining a compatible structure; family 1600 with MT 7 (1,100 mm bed) for heavy industrial applications; family 2000 (top, MT 7, 22-30 kW motor, 2,300 mm gap) for heavy industrial production. Alongside the 1250 x 8000 in the same family: Apollo 1000 x 8000, Apollo 1250 x 1500, Apollo 1250 x 3000, Apollo 1250 x 5000. The choice between models in the family depends on the length of the workpieces: for long shafts, 8,000 mm distance between centers, for standard shafts 3,000 mm, for compact short parts 1,500 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). With a weight of approx. 16,800 kg, it requires an adequate capacity crane and a properly sized industrial floor. Dimensions 11.1 × 1.88 × 1.92 m: check access to the workshop. Steady rests, tailstocks, self-centering chucks, and original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with shipping in 3-5 working days. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the Apollo 1250 x 8000 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy industrial machine weighing approx. 16,800 kg and requiring a 400V industrial three-phase line. Exclusively high-level professional application.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial mechanical workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1250 mm turning diameter and 8000 mm distance between centers cover standard industrial machining. ES-12 V display included, solid cast iron structure, ISO A2-15 spindle nose for professional tools.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipyard \/ turbine and energy manufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfiguration suitable for turning shafts, spindles, and mechanical components for the naval and energy sectors. 755 mm bed and MT 80 tailstock for stability on long and heavy parts.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e machining requiring a turning diameter over 1250 mm on the bed (move up to the 1600 or 2000 family); parts over 8000 mm between centers (choose a model with a greater distance); workshops without a 400V industrial three-phase line or without a properly sized industrial floor; high-volume CNC series production (evaluate CNC lathes).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTurning capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over cross slide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e900 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. workpiece weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6,000 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBed width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e755 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and speeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle nose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eISO A2-15\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(24) 3.15-315 \/ (12) 5-400 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTravels and feeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX-axis travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e630 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZ-axis travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7800 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZ1-axis travel (tailstock)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeeds (X \/ Z \/ Z1)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.064-12 \/ 0.032-6 \/ 0.016-3 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRapid feeds (X \/ Z)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,870 \/ 3,740 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTailstock\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock (taper)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 80\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock (Ø)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock quill travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock transverse adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e± 2.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – 50Hz – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSteady rests\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFixed steady rest (capacity)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50-590 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTraveling steady rest (capacity)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50-220 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.1 × 1.88 × 1.92 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 16,800 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo Apollo 1250 x 8000 lathe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-axis ES-12 V digital readout with LCD display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eØ 1000 mm independent chuck\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFixed steady rest (capacity 50-590 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTraveling steady rest (capacity 50-220 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotorized tailstock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentralized lubrication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInitial filling with Shell Tellus 46 oil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4-position tool post\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool post protective cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoolant system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLED machine lamp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMorse taper bush\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnchor bolts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the typical application sectors for the Apollo 1250 x 8000?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNaval (marine shafts, propellers, gearboxes), energy (turbine axes, generators), heavy mechanical (cylinders, pulleys, gears). The 8000 mm distance between centers and the 1250 mm turning diameter define the operating range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExamples of typical parts: long transmission shafts (components for marine engines), large cylindrical profiles (components for industrial machinery), industrial pipe flanges. For specific parts, verify in advance the maximum diameter, length, and weight of the part in relation to the machine's capabilities.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat operating space does it require in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine dimensions 11.1 × 1.88 × 1.92 m. For operational use (loading\/unloading parts, handling, access for maintenance), a total area of at least 1.5x the machine dimensions is needed, with adequate ceiling height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation requires an industrial floor or reinforced concrete foundation sized for the machine's weight plus typical workpieces. For initial installation, it is recommended to consult a qualified installer for structural and site compliance assessment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the 3-axis ES-12 V digital readout really necessary?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, for precision manufacturing. The DRO shows the exact position of the axes in hundredths of a millimeter in real-time, eliminating reading errors from graduated handwheels. On a heavy lathe of this size, positioning accuracy is crucial for the quality of machining.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWithout a DRO, positioning accuracy depends on visual reading of the handwheels and backlash compensation: errors of 0.1-0.2 mm are typical. With a DRO, positioning accuracy easily reaches 0.01 mm. On the Apollo, it is included as standard, unlike many entry-level industrial lathes from other brands where the DRO is an expensive optional accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs an Apollo 1250 better, or should I go up to the 1600 diameter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the maximum diameter of typical workpieces. Up to Ø 1000 mm on the bed, the Apollo 1250 is correctly sized. For parts regularly above Ø 1062 mm, the 1600 family is mandatory.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 1600 family has a reinforced bed of 970 mm (vs 755 mm), extended X-travel of 820 mm (vs 630 mm), and higher weight. The cost is higher. For growing workshops or those with variable needs, it is strategically preferable to size correctly in advance. For established workshops with standardized production on the current maximum diameter, the additional investment is not justified.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the expected service life of an Apollo lathe?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard industrial use, the Apollo range is designed for an operating life of over 25-30 years with regular maintenance. Wear-prone components (bearings, guides, lubrication system, clutches) can be replaced with original Bernardo spare parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stabilized, hardened, and ground cast iron structure (a characteristic of Apollo lathes) does not wear significantly: the bed and headstock maintain precision for decades with correct maintenance. Mechanical components in contact are sized for continuous industrial use and are replaced periodically. Original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with shipping in 3-5 working days. For intensive use, a semi-annual preventive maintenance plan is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693260083528,"sku":"03-1381XL","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Apollo_1600_x_3000_Tornio_parallelo_pesante_con_visualizzatore_digitale_a_3_assi.jpg?v=1757077520"},{"product_id":"bernardo-tornio-metallo-apollo-1600-x-3000-con-visualizzatore-digitale-a-3-assi","title":"Heavy-duty universal lathe Bernardo Apollo 1600 x 3000 – distance between centers 3000 mm, diameter 1600 mm, motor 22 kW, ISO A2-15, weight 12,900 kg, 3-axis DRO included","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Apollo 1600 x 3000 heavy-duty conventional lathe is the intermediate model in the Apollo family. It offers a distance between centers of 3000 mm, a swing over bed of 1600 mm, a swing over cross slide of 1280 mm, a bed width of 970 mm, an ISO A2-15 spindle nose with a 130 mm bore, spindle speeds of (24) 3.15-315 \/ (12) 5-400 rpm, and a 22 kW 400V three-phase motor. A 3-axis digital readout ES-12 V is included, along with a solid cast iron construction. The machine weighs approx. 12,900 kg. Suitable for marine, energy, and heavy mechanical sectors. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3000 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwing over bed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1600 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwing over cross slide:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1280 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBed width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 970 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle nose:\u003c\/strong\u003e ISO A2-15 with 130 mm bore\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 22 kW – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachine weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 12,900 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Apollo 1600 x 3000 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Apollo 1600 x 3000 is one of the intermediate heavy-duty conventional lathes in the Apollo range, characterized by 3,000 mm distance between centers with a 1,600 mm swing over bed and a reinforced bed of 970 mm. The reinforced bed with a width of 970 mm and the ISO A2-15 spindle nose define its operational range: machining shafts, profiles, and cylindrical parts in industrial workshops requiring large workpieces. The mechanical characteristics are identical to the 1000\/1250 family (ISO A2-15 connection, 22 kW motor, 36 speeds from 3.15 to 400 rpm) but with a wider bed (970 mm vs 755 mm) and extended X-axis travel (820 mm vs 630 mm) to correctly handle the 1,600 mm swing diameter. In Krollit customer workshops, the Apollo 1600 x 3000 is chosen by industrial mechanical workshops, shipyards for repair and reconstruction of axles and shafts, manufacturers of turbine and generator components, and workshops specializing in precision turning of heavy workpieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Apollo family is the line of heavy-duty conventional lathes for industrial applications. It comprises 12 models organized by swing over bed (1000, 1250, 1600, 2000 mm) and distance between centers (1,500, 2,000, 3,000, 5,000, 8,000 mm). The 1600 family (this model): maintains the ISO A2-15 connection, but with a reinforced bed of 970 mm and extended X-axis travel of 820 mm to handle a 1,600 mm swing diameter. Intermediate position between the compact 1000-1250 family (755 mm bed) and the heavy industrial 1600\/2000 family with MT 7 (1,100 mm bed). For workshops transitioning between standard and heavy industrial production, this is the correctly sized choice: it maintains the ISO A2-15 flexibility with operational dimensions suitable for larger workpieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). With a weight of approx. 12,900 kg, it requires a crane of adequate capacity and a suitably sized industrial floor. Dimensions 6.04 × 2.06 × 2.23 m: verify workshop access. Steady rests, tailstocks, self-centering chucks, and original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Apollo 1600 x 3000 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy industrial machine weighing approx. 12,900 kg, requiring an industrial 400V three-phase line. Exclusively high-level professional application.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial mechanical workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1600 mm swing diameter and 3000 mm distance between centers cover standard industrial machining operations. ES-12 V display included, solid cast iron structure, ISO A2-15 connection for professional tools.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipyard \/ turbine and energy manufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfiguration suitable for turning shafts, spindles, and mechanical components for the marine and energy sectors. 970 mm bed and MT 80 tailstock for stability on long and heavy workpieces.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e operations requiring a diameter over 1600 mm or a gap over None mm (the 2000 family with a 2,300 mm gap is correctly sized); workshops with limited needs (the 1000-1250 family is more economical for standard operations); workshops without suitably sized industrial flooring or without an industrial 400V three-phase line; high-cadence series production with CNC.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTurning capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over cross slide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1280 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum workpiece weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6,000 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBed width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e970 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and speeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle nose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eISO A2-15\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(24) 3.15-315 \/ (12) 5-400 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTravels and feeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX-axis travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e820 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZ-axis travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2800 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZ1-axis travel (tailstock)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeeds (X \/ Z \/ Z1)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.064-12 \/ 0.032-6 \/ 0.016-3 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRapid feeds (X \/ Z)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,870 \/ 3,740 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTailstock\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock (taper)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 80\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock (Ø)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock quill travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock transverse adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e± 2.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – 50Hz – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSteady rests\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFixed steady rest (capacity)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e220-630 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTraveling steady rest (capacity)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50-220 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.04 × 2.06 × 2.23 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 12,900 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo Apollo 1600 x 3000 Lathe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eES-12 V 3-axis digital readout with LCD display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndependent chuck Ø 1000 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFixed steady rest (220-630 mm capacity)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTraveling steady rest (50-220 mm capacity)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFixed centers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentral lubrication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInitial filling with Shell Tellus 46 oil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4-way tool post\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool post protective cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoolant system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLED machine lamp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMorse taper sleeve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnchor bolts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the typical sectors of use for the Apollo 1600 x 3000?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMarine (nautical shafts, propellers, gearboxes), energy (turbine shafts, generators), heavy mechanical (cylinders, pulleys, gears) sectors. The 3000 mm distance between centers and the 1600 mm swing diameter define the operational range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExamples of typical parts: long transmission shafts (components for marine engines), large cylindrical profiles (components for industrial machinery), industrial pipe flanges. For specific parts, verify the maximum diameter, length, and weight of the part in relation to the machine's capabilities in advance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat operational space does it require in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine dimensions 6.04 × 2.06 × 2.23 m. For operational use (loading\/unloading parts, handling, maintenance access), an overall area of at least 1.5x the machine dimensions is needed, with adequate ceiling height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation requires industrial flooring or a reinforced concrete foundation sized for the machine's weight plus typical workpieces. For the first installation, it is recommended to consult a qualified installer for structural and site compliance assessment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the ES-12 V 3-axis digital readout really necessary?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, for precision production. The DRO displays the exact axis position in hundredths of a millimeter in real-time, eliminating reading errors from graduated handwheels. On a heavy lathe of this size, positioning accuracy is crucial for the quality of machining.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWithout a DRO, positioning accuracy depends on visual reading of handwheels and compensation for screw backlash: errors of 0.1-0.2 mm are typical. With a DRO, positioning accuracy easily reaches 0.01 mm. On the Apollo, it is included as standard, unlike many entry-level industrial lathes from other brands where the DRO is an expensive optional accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the practical difference from the 2000 family?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 2000 family has a swing diameter of 2,000 mm (vs 1600 mm) and a gap diameter of 2,300 mm (vs None mm). Same 1,100 mm bed and MT 7 connection. Significantly higher weights and dimensions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops that regularly work with large flanges and discs (over 1,600 mm), the 2000 family is mandatory. For parts within 1,600 mm, the 1600 family is correctly sized with a lower cost. The difference is mechanical and dimensional; operational characteristics (speed, connection, motor) are similar.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the expected useful life of an Apollo lathe?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard industrial use, the Apollo range is designed for an operational life of over 25-30 years with regular maintenance. Wear components (bearings, guides, lubrication system, clutches) can be replaced with original Bernardo spare parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stabilized, hardened, and ground cast iron structure (a characteristic of Apollo lathes) does not wear significantly: the bed and headstock maintain precision for decades with correct maintenance. Mechanical contact components are dimensioned for continuous industrial use and are replaced periodically. Original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. For intensive use, a semi-annual preventive maintenance plan is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693266800968,"sku":"03-1382XL","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Tornio-industriale-1_2e391f19-dd25-4212-91ce-45615d6522e7.jpg?v=1750068900"},{"product_id":"bernardo-tornio-metallo-apollo-1600-x-5000-con-visualizzatore-digitale-a-3-assi","title":"Bernardo Apollo 1600 x 5000 heavy-duty conventional lathe – 5000 mm distance between centers, 1600 mm swing, 18-22 kW motor, MT 7, 23,000 kg weight, 3-axis DRO included","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Apollo 1600 x 5000 heavy-duty conventional lathe is the mid-heavy model of the Apollo family. It offers 5000 mm distance between centers, 1600 mm swing over bed, 1200 mm swing over carriage, 1800 mm maximum swing in gap, 1100 mm bed width, MT 7 spindle nose with 105 - 130 mm bore depending on configuration, 2-400 rpm spindle speed with gear change, 18-22 kW 400V three-phase motor (depending on configuration). ES-12 V 3-axis digital readout included, solid cast iron structure. Machine weight approx. 23,000 kg. Suitable for marine, energy, and heavy mechanical sectors. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5000 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwing over bed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1600 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwing over carriage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1200 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum swing in gap:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1800 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBed width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle nose:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT 7 with 105 - 130 mm bore depending on configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-22 kW – 400V three-phase (configuration)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachine weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 23,000 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Apollo 1600 x 5000 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Apollo 1600 x 5000 is one of the mid-heavy heavy-duty conventional lathes in the Apollo range, featuring 5,000 mm distance between centers with a 1,600 mm swing over bed and a maximum 1,800 mm swing in gap. The reinforced bed with a width of 1100 mm and the MT 7 spindle nose define its operational range: machining shafts, profiles, and cylindrical parts in heavy industrial workshops with gear changes dedicated to heavy-duty machining. The configuration with 2-400 rpm gear change and MT 7 connection defines this range as heavy industrial: machining of considerably sized parts in the marine and energy sectors. The maximum 1,800 mm swing in gap allows for turning large flanges and discs that the 1,600 mm swing over bed would not accommodate. In Krollit customers' workshops, the Apollo 1600 x 5000 is chosen by industrial mechanical workshops, shipyards for repair and reconstruction of axles and shafts, manufacturers of turbine and generator components, and workshops specialized in precision turning of heavy parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Apollo family is a line of heavy-duty conventional lathes for industrial applications. It comprises 12 models organized by swing over bed (1000, 1250, 1600, 2000 mm) and distance between centers (1,500, 2,000, 3,000, 5,000, 8,000 mm). Industrial 1600 family (this model): MT 7 taper connection, 1,100 mm bed, 18-22 kW motor, 2-400 rpm spindle speed with gear change. Suitable for heavy industrial machining with a dedicated gear change for high torque on bulky parts. The difference with Apollo 1600 x 3000 (family with ISO A2-15): the MT 7 version has a heavier structure and lower speeds for higher torque, sized for continuous industrial applications. The difference with the 2000 family: same 1,100 mm bed and MT 7 connection, but smaller swing over bed and swing in gap.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). With a weight of approx. 23,000 kg, it requires a crane of adequate capacity, suitable industrial flooring, and a reinforced concrete foundation. Dimensions approx. 7.0 × 2.8 × 2.7 m: check workshop access, ceiling height, and transport routes in advance. Steady rests, tailstocks, self-centering chucks, and original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Apollo 1600 x 5000 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy-duty industrial machine weighing approx. 23,000 kg and requiring industrial 400V three-phase line. Exclusively high-level professional application.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy industrial workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1600 mm swing over bed and 1800 mm swing in gap handle bulky parts. 1,100 mm bed, MT 7 connection, gear change dedicated to industrial torque.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipyard \/ heavy energy production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop-of-the-range configuration for large industrial parts: large diameter flanges, marine shafts, transmission wheels for heavy machinery. 18-22 kW motor and gear change dedicated to high continuous torque.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e machining requiring a diameter beyond 1600 mm or a gap beyond 1800 mm (the 2000 family with a 2,300 mm gap is correctly sized); workshops with limited needs (the 1000-1250 family is more economical for standard machining); workshops without suitable industrial flooring or without an industrial 400V three-phase line; high-volume serial production with CNC.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTurning capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over carriage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum swing in gap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1800 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBed width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle nose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e105 - 130 mm depending on configuration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2-400 rpm with gear change\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18-22 kW (depending on configuration)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – 50Hz – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 7.0 × 2.8 × 2.7 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 23,000 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo Apollo 1600 x 5000 Lathe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-axis digital readout\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-jaw self-centering chuck\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTailstock with CM 7 connection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of gears for threading\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eService tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the typical sectors for the Apollo 1600 x 5000?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMarine (marine shafts, propellers, gearboxes), energy (turbine shafts, generators), heavy mechanical (cylinders, pulleys, gears). The 5000 mm distance between centers and 1600 mm swing over bed define the operational range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExamples of typical parts: long transmission shafts (components for marine engines), large cylindrical profiles (components for industrial machinery), industrial pipe flanges. For specific parts, check the maximum diameter, length, and weight of the part in relation to the machine's capabilities in advance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat operating space does it require in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine dimensions approx. 7.0 × 2.8 × 2.7 m. For operational use (loading\/unloading parts, handling, maintenance access), an overall area of at least 1.5x the machine's dimensions is needed, with adequate ceiling height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation requires industrial flooring or a reinforced concrete foundation sized for the weight of the machine plus typical parts. For initial installation, it is recommended to consult a qualified installer for structural and site compliance assessment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the ES-12 V 3-axis digital readout really necessary?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, for precision production. The DRO shows the exact position of the axes in real-time to the hundredth of a millimeter, eliminating reading errors from graduated handwheels. On a heavy lathe of this size, positioning accuracy is crucial for the quality of machining.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWithout a DRO, positioning accuracy depends on visual reading of the handwheels and compensation for leadscrew backlash: errors of 0.1-0.2 mm are typical. With a DRO, positioning accuracy easily reaches 0.01 mm. On the Apollo, it is included as standard, unlike many entry-level industrial lathes from other brands where the DRO is an expensive optional accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the practical difference with the 2000 family?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 2000 family has a 2,000 mm swing over bed (vs 1600 mm) and a 2,300 mm swing in gap (vs 1800 mm). The same 1,100 mm bed and MT 7 connection. Significantly higher weights and dimensions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops that regularly machine large flanges and discs (over 1,600 mm), the 2000 family is mandatory. For parts within 1,600 mm, the 1600 family is correctly sized at a lower cost. The difference is mechanical and dimensional; operational characteristics (speed, connection, motor) are similar.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the expected lifespan of an Apollo lathe?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard industrial use, the Apollo range is designed for an operating life of over 25-30 years with regular maintenance. Wear parts (bearings, guides, lubrication system, clutches) can be replaced with original Bernardo spare parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stabilized, hardened, and ground cast iron structure (a characteristic of Apollo lathes) does not wear significantly: the bed and headstock maintain precision for decades with correct maintenance. Contact mechanical components are dimensioned for continuous industrial use and are replaced periodically. Original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with 3-5 business days shipping. For intensive use, a semi-annual preventive maintenance plan is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693273485640,"sku":"03-1383XL","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Apollo_1600_x_5000_Tornio_parallelo_pesante_con_visualizzatore_digitale_a_3_assi.jpg?v=1757000414"},{"product_id":"bernardo-tornio-metallo-apollo-1600-x-8000-con-visualizzatore-digitale-a-3-assi","title":"Heavy-duty centre lathe Bernardo Apollo 1600 x 8000 – distance between centres 8000 mm, swing over bed 1600 mm, motor 18-22 kW, MT 7, weight 29,000 kg, 3-axis DRO included","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Apollo 1600 x 8000 heavy-duty parallel lathe is the mid-heavy model in the Apollo family. It offers a distance between centers of 8000 mm, a swing over bed of 1600 mm, a swing over cross slide of 1200 mm, a maximum swing in gap of 1800 mm, a bed width of 1100 mm, a spindle nose of MT 7 with a bore of 105 - 130 mm depending on configuration, a spindle speed of 2-400 rpm with gear change, and an 18-22 kW 400V three-phase motor (depending on configuration). A 3-axis ES-12 V digital readout is included, and it features a solid cast iron structure. The machine weight is approx. 29,000 kg. Suitable for naval, energy, and heavy mechanical industries. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8000 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwing over bed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1600 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwing over cross slide:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1200 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax. swing in gap:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1800 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBed width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle nose:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT 7 with bore 105 - 130 mm depending on configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-22 kW – 400V three-phase (configuration)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachine weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 29,000 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Apollo 1600 x 8000 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Apollo 1600 x 8000 is one of the mid-heavy parallel lathes in the Apollo range, characterized by a maximum combination of 1600: 8,000 mm between centers with a diameter of 1,600 mm and a gap of 1,800 mm. The reinforced bed with a width of 1100 mm and the MT 7 spindle nose define its operating range: machining of shafts, profiles, and cylindrical parts in heavy industrial workshops with dedicated gear changes for heavy-duty operations. The configuration with 2-400 rpm gear change and MT 7 connection defines this as heavy industrial: machining of considerably sized parts in the naval and energy sectors. The maximum diameter in the gap of 1,800 mm allows turning of large flanges and discs that the 1,600 mm swing over bed would not accommodate. In Krollit customer workshops, the Apollo 1600 x 8000 is chosen by industrial mechanical workshops, shipyards for repair and reconstruction of axles and shafts, manufacturers of components for turbines and generators, and workshops specializing in precision turning on heavy parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Apollo Bernardo family is the line of heavy-duty parallel lathes for industrial applications. It consists of 12 models organized by swing over bed (1000, 1250, 1600, 2000 mm) and distance between centers (1,500, 2,000, 3,000, 5,000, 8,000 mm). Industrial 1600 family (this model): MT 7 spindle taper, 1,100 mm bed, 18-22 kW motor, 2-400 rpm spindle speed with gear change. Suitable for heavy industrial machining with dedicated gear change for high torque on bulky parts. The difference with Apollo 1600 x 3000 (family with ISO A2-15): the MT 7 version has a heavier structure and lower speeds for higher torque, sized for continuous industrial applications. The difference with the 2000 family: same 1,100 mm bed and MT 7 connection, but smaller swing over bed and gap diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days for Southern Italy). With a weight of approx. 29,000 kg, it requires a crane of adequate capacity, suitable industrial flooring, and a reinforced concrete foundation. Dimensions approx. 10.0 × 2.8 × 2.7 m: verify workshop access, ceiling height, and transport routes in advance. Steady rests, tailstocks, self-centering chucks, and original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with shipping in 3-5 business days. Customer assistance in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Apollo 1600 x 8000 for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy industrial machine with a weight of approx. 29,000 kg and industrial 400V three-phase power required. Exclusively high-level professional application.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy industrial workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1600 mm swing over bed and 1800 mm swing in gap handle bulky workpieces. 1,100 mm bed, MT 7 spindle taper, gear change dedicated to industrial torque.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipyard \/ heavy energy production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop-of-the-range configuration for large industrial parts: large diameter flanges, naval shafts, heavy machinery drive wheels. 18-22 kW motor and gear change dedicated to continuous high torque.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e machining requiring a diameter over 1600 mm or a gap over 1800 mm (the 2000 family with a 2,300 mm gap is correctly sized); workshops with limited needs (the 1000-1250 family is more economical for standard operations); workshops without appropriate industrial flooring or without an industrial 400V three-phase line; high-volume series production with CNC.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTurning Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over cross slide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. swing in gap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1800 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBed width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and Speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle nose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e105 - 130 mm depending on configuration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2-400 rpm with gear change\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and Power Supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18-22 kW (depending on configuration)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – 50Hz – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and Weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 10.0 × 2.8 × 2.7 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 29,000 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo Apollo 1600 x 8000 lathe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-axis digital readout\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-jaw self-centering chuck\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTailstock with CM 7 taper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of gears for threading\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eService tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the typical application sectors for the Apollo 1600 x 8000?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNaval (marine shafts, propellers, gearboxes), energy (turbine shafts, generators), heavy mechanical (cylinders, pulleys, gears). The 8000 mm distance between centers and 1600 mm swing over bed define the operating range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExamples of typical parts: long transmission shafts (components for marine engines), large cylindrical profiles (components for industrial machinery), industrial pipe flanges. For specific parts, verify the maximum diameter, length, and weight of the part in relation to the machine's capabilities in advance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat operational space does it require in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine dimensions approx. 10.0 × 2.8 × 2.7 m. For operational use (loading\/unloading parts, handling, maintenance access), an overall area at least 1.5 times the machine's dimensions is required, with adequate ceiling height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation requires industrial flooring or a reinforced concrete foundation sized for the machine's weight plus typical workpieces. For initial installation, it is recommended to consult a qualified installer for structural and site compliance assessment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the 3-axis ES-12 V digital readout really necessary?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, for precision production. The DRO shows the exact position of the axes to the hundredth of a millimeter in real-time, eliminating reading errors from graduated handwheels. On a heavy lathe of this size, positioning accuracy is crucial for the quality of machining.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWithout a DRO, positioning accuracy depends on visual reading of handwheels and compensation for screw play: errors of 0.1-0.2 mm are typical. With a DRO, positioning accuracy easily reaches 0.01 mm. On the Apollo, it is included as standard, unlike many entry-level industrial lathes from other brands where the DRO is an expensive optional accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the practical difference with the 2000 family?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 2000 family has a swing over bed of 2,000 mm (vs 1600 mm) and a swing in gap of 2,300 mm (vs 1800 mm). The same 1,100 mm bed and MT 7 connection. Significantly higher weights and dimensions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops that regularly machine large flanges and discs (over 1,600 mm), the 2000 family is a must. For parts within 1,600 mm, the 1600 family is correctly sized with lower cost. The difference is mechanical and dimensional; operational characteristics (speed, spindle taper, motor) are similar.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the expected service life of an Apollo lathe?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard industrial use, the Apollo range is designed for an operational life of over 25-30 years with regular maintenance. Wear parts (bearings, guides, lubrication system, clutches) can be replaced with original Bernardo spare parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stabilized, hardened, and ground cast iron structure (a characteristic of Apollo lathes) does not wear significantly: the bed and headstock maintain precision for decades with correct maintenance. Mechanical contact components are sized for continuous industrial use and are replaced periodically. Original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with shipping in 3-5 business days. For intensive use, a semi-annual preventive maintenance plan is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693279777096,"sku":"03-1384XL","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Apollo_1600_x_8000_Tornio_parallelo_pesante_con_visualizzatore_digitale_a_3_assi.jpg?v=1756999306"},{"product_id":"bernardo-tornio-metallo-apollo-2000-x-2000-incluso-visualizzatore-digitale-a-3-assi","title":"Bernardo Apollo 2000 x 2000 heavy duty parallel lathe – distance between centers 2000 mm, diameter 2000 mm, motor 22-30 kW, MT 7, weight 19,000 kg, 3-axis DRO included","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Apollo 2000 x 2000 heavy-duty lathe is the industrial heavy-duty model in the Apollo family. It offers a distance between centers of 2000 mm, a turning diameter over bed of 2000 mm, a turning diameter over carriage of 1500 mm, a maximum turning diameter in gap of 2300 mm, a bed width of 1100 mm, a spindle taper mount of MT 7 with a 130 mm bore, spindle speeds of 2-400 rpm with gear change, and a 22-30 kW 400V three-phase motor (depending on configuration). A 3-axis ES-12 V digital readout is included, along with a solid cast iron structure. Machine weight approx. 19,000 kg. Suitable for naval, energy, and heavy mechanical sectors. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2000 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTurning diameter over bed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2000 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTurning diameter over carriage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1500 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum turning diameter in gap:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2300 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBed width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle taper mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT 7 with 130 mm bore\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 22-30 kW – 400V three-phase (configuration)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachine weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 19,000 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Apollo 2000 x 2000 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Apollo 2000 x 2000 is one of the heavy industrial lathes in the Apollo range, featuring 2,000 mm between centers with a turning diameter of 2,000 mm over the bed and a 2,300 mm gap. The reinforced bed with a width of 1100 mm and the MT 7 spindle taper define its operating range: machining of shafts, profiles, and cylindrical parts in heavy industrial workshops with large workpieces. The configuration with gear change 2-400 rpm, MT 7 taper, and 22-30 kW motor (selectable in configuration) represents the top of the Apollo range for heavy industrial applications. The maximum turning diameter in gap of 2,300 mm handles industrial flanges, large discs, and heavy machinery gears. In Krollit customer workshops, the Apollo 2000 x 2000 is chosen by industrial mechanical workshops, shipyards for repair and reconstruction of axes and shafts, manufacturers of turbine and generator components, and workshops specializing in precision turning of heavy workpieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Apollo family is a line of heavy-duty lathes for industrial applications. It comprises 12 models organized by turning diameter over bed (1000, 1250, 1600, 2000 mm) and distance between centers (1,500, 2,000, 3,000, 5,000, 8,000 mm). Heavy industrial 2000 family (this model, top of the range): MT 7 taper, 1,100 mm bed, 22-30 kW motor (selectable), 2-400 rpm spindle speed with gear change, 2,000 mm turning diameter over bed, 2,300 mm maximum turning diameter in gap. The absolute top of the Bernardo Apollo range for industrial applications. Alongside the 2000 x 2000 in the same family: Apollo 2000 x 3000, Apollo 2000 x 5000, Apollo 2000 x 8000. The choice in the 2000 family depends exclusively on the length of typical workpieces: 2,000 mm distance between centers for short workpieces, 3,000 mm intermediate, 5,000-8,000 mm for long industrial workpieces (nautical shafts, energy profiles).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to Southern Italy). With a weight of approx. 19,000 kg, it requires an adequate capacity crane and dimensioned industrial flooring. Dimensions approx. 5.0 × 3.0 × 2.8 m: check workshop access. Steady rests, tailstocks, self-centering chucks, and original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping. Customer support in Italian is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Apollo 2000 x 2000 for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy industrial machine weighing approx. 19,000 kg and requiring an industrial 400V three-phase line. Exclusively high-level professional application.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy industrial workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000 mm turning diameter over bed and 2300 mm gap diameter handle voluminous workpieces. 1,100 mm bed, MT 7 taper, gear change dedicated to industrial torque.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipyard \/ heavy energy production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop-of-the-range configuration for large industrial workpieces: large diameter flanges, marine shafts, heavy machinery transmission wheels. 22-30 kW motor and gear change dedicated to high continuous torque.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops requiring workpieces within 1,600 mm diameter (the 1600 family is significantly less expensive with professional features); workshops without dimensioned industrial flooring and reinforced concrete foundations; high-volume CNC series production; workshops with limited access (machine weight requires cranes and dedicated pathways).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTurning capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurning diameter over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurning diameter over carriage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum turning diameter in gap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBed width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper mount\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2-400 rpm with gear change\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22-30 kW (depending on configuration)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – 50Hz – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 5.0 × 3.0 × 2.8 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 19,000 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/CE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo Apollo 2000 x 2000 lathe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-axis digital readout\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-jaw self-centering chuck\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTailstock with CM 7 taper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of gears for threading\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eService tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the typical application sectors for the Apollo 2000 x 2000?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNaval (marine shafts, propellers, gearboxes), energy (turbine shafts, generators), heavy mechanical (cylinders, pulleys, gears). The distance between centers of 2000 mm and the turning diameter of 2000 mm define the operating range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExamples of typical workpieces: long transmission shafts (components for marine engines), large cylindrical profiles (components for industrial machinery), industrial pipe flanges. For specific workpieces, check the maximum diameter, length, and weight of the workpiece in relation to the machine's capabilities in advance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat operating space does it require in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine dimensions approx. 5.0 × 3.0 × 2.8 m. For operational use (loading\/unloading workpieces, handling, access for maintenance), a total area of at least 1.5x the machine dimensions is needed, with adequate ceiling height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation requires industrial flooring or a reinforced concrete foundation dimensioned for the machine's weight plus typical workpieces. For initial installation, it is recommended to consult a qualified installer for a structural and compliance assessment of the site.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the 3-axis ES-12 V digital readout really necessary?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, for precision manufacturing. The DRO shows the exact position of the axes in real-time to the hundredth of a millimeter, eliminating reading errors from graduated handwheels. On a heavy lathe of this size, positioning accuracy is crucial for the quality of machining.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWithout a DRO, positioning accuracy depends on visual reading of the handwheels and compensation for leadscrew backlash: errors of 0.1-0.2 mm are typical. With a DRO, positioning accuracy easily reaches 0.01 mm. The Apollo includes it as standard, unlike many entry-level industrial lathes from other brands where the DRO is an expensive optional accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the Apollo 2000 with a 22 kW motor and a 30 kW motor?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 30 kW motor handles higher torque in heavy continuous machining (large workpieces on hard steels, significant material removal). The 22 kW motor is sized for standard machining, even on large workpieces but with controlled material removal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe choice of motor in configuration depends on the type of typical work. For precision manufacturing with moderate material removal, the 22 kW motor is sufficient. For heavy industrial manufacturing with large material removal, the 30 kW motor prevents motor fatigue and maintains constant machining speed. Krollit provides support in choosing the correct configuration based on typical workpieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the expected service life of an Apollo lathe?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard industrial use, the Apollo range is designed for an operating life of over 25-30 years with regular maintenance. Wear-prone components (bearings, guides, lubrication system, clutches) are replaceable with original Bernardo spare parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stabilized, hardened, and ground cast iron structure (a characteristic of Apollo lathes) does not wear significantly: the bed and headstock maintain precision for decades with correct maintenance. Mechanical contact components are sized for continuous industrial use and are replaced periodically. Original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping. For intensive use, a semi-annual preventive maintenance plan is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693280956744,"sku":"03-1385XL","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Apollo_2000_x_2000_Tornio_parallelo_pesante_con_visualizzatore_digitale_a_3_assi.jpg?v=1756998376"},{"product_id":"bernardo-tornio-metallo-apollo-2000-x-3000-incluso-visualizzatore-digitale-a-3-assi","title":"Heavy-duty parallel lathe Bernardo Apollo 2000 x 3000 – distance between centers 3000 mm, turning diameter 2000 mm, motor 22-30 kW, MT 7, weight 23,500 kg, 3-axis DRO included","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Apollo 2000 x 3000 heavy-duty lathe is the heavy industrial model in the Apollo family. It offers a distance between centers of 3000 mm, a swing over bed of 2000 mm, a swing over cross slide of 1500 mm, a maximum swing in gap of 2300 mm, a bed width of 1100 mm, an MT 7 spindle taper with a 130 mm bore, spindle speeds of 2-400 rpm with gear change, and a 22-30 kW 400V three-phase motor (depending on configuration). An ES-12 V 3-axis digital readout is included, and it features a solid cast iron construction. Machine weight approx. 23,500 kg. Suitable for the shipbuilding, energy, and heavy mechanical sectors. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3000 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwing over bed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2000 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwing over cross slide:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1500 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum swing in gap:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2300 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBed width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle taper:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT 7 with 130 mm bore\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 22-30 kW – 400V three-phase (configuration)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachine weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 23,500 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Apollo 2000 x 3000 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Apollo 2000 x 3000 is one of the heavy-duty industrial lathes in the Apollo range, featuring 3,000 mm between centers with a 2,000 mm swing over bed and a 2,300 mm gap. The reinforced bed with a width of 1100 mm and the MT 7 spindle taper define its operating range: machining shafts, profiles, and cylindrical parts for heavy industrial workshops with large workpieces. The configuration with 2-400 rpm gear change, MT 7 taper, and 22-30 kW motor (selectable in configuration) represents the top of the Apollo range for heavy industrial applications. The maximum swing in gap of 2,300 mm handles industrial flanges, large discs, and heavy machinery gears. In Krollit's customer workshops, the Apollo 2000 x 3000 is chosen by industrial mechanical workshops, shipyards for shaft repair and reconstruction, manufacturers of turbine and generator components, and specialized workshops for precision turning of heavy parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Apollo family is a line of heavy-duty lathes for industrial applications. It comprises 12 models organized by swing over bed (1000, 1250, 1600, 2000 mm) and distance between centers (1,500, 2,000, 3,000, 5,000, 8,000 mm). The heavy-duty industrial 2000 family (this model, top of the range): MT 7 taper, 1,100 mm bed, 22-30 kW motor (selectable), 2-400 rpm spindle speed with gear change, 2,000 mm swing over bed, 2,300 mm maximum swing in gap. The absolute top of the Bernardo Apollo range for industrial applications. Alongside the 2000 x 3000 in the same family: Apollo 2000 x 2000, Apollo 2000 x 5000, Apollo 2000 x 8000. The choice in the 2000 family depends exclusively on the length of typical workpieces: 2,000 mm distance between centers for short pieces, 3,000 mm for intermediate, 5,000-8,000 mm for long industrial pieces (nautical shafts, energy profiles).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics and Krollit support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South of Italy). With a weight of approx. 23,500 kg, it requires a crane of adequate capacity, dimensioned industrial flooring, and a reinforced concrete foundation. Dimensions approx. 6.0 × 3.0 × 2.8 m: check workshop access, ceiling height, and transport routes in advance. Lunettes, tailstocks, self-centering chucks, and original Bernardo spare accessories available from stock with 3-5 business days shipping. Customer assistance available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the Apollo 2000 x 3000 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy industrial machine with a weight of approx. 23,500 kg and industrial 400V three-phase line required. Exclusively high-level professional application.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy industrial workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000 mm swing over bed and 2300 mm swing in gap handle bulky workpieces. 1,100 mm bed, MT 7 taper, gear change dedicated to industrial torque.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipyard \/ heavy energy production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop-of-the-range configuration for large industrial workpieces: large diameter flanges, nautical shafts, heavy machinery drive wheels. 22-30 kW motor and gear change dedicated to high continuous torque.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops requiring workpieces within 1,600 mm diameter (the 1600 family is significantly less expensive with professional features); workshops without dimensioned industrial flooring and reinforced concrete foundation; high-cadence CNC series production; laboratories with limited access (machine weight requires cranes and dedicated routes).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTurning capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over cross slide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum swing in gap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBed width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2-400 rpm with gear change\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22-30 kW (depending on configuration)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – 50Hz – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 6.0 × 3.0 × 2.8 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 23,500 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo Apollo 2000 x 3000 Lathe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-axis digital readout\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-jaw self-centering chuck\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTailstock with CM 7 taper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of gears for threading\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eService tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the typical areas of use for the Apollo 2000 x 3000?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipbuilding (nautical shafts, propellers, gearboxes), energy (turbine shafts, generators), heavy mechanical (cylinders, pulleys, gears). The 3000 mm distance between centers and 2000 mm swing over bed define the operating range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExamples of typical workpieces: long transmission shafts (components for marine engines), large cylindrical profiles (components for industrial machinery), industrial pipe flanges. For specific workpieces, check the maximum diameter, length, and weight of the workpiece in relation to the machine's capabilities in advance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat operating space does it require in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine dimensions approx. 6.0 × 3.0 × 2.8 m. For operational use (loading\/unloading workpieces, handling, maintenance access), a total area at least 1.5x the machine's dimensions is needed, with adequate ceiling height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation requires industrial flooring or a reinforced concrete foundation sized for the machine's weight plus typical workpieces. For initial installation, it is recommended to consult a qualified installer for structural and site compliance assessment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the ES-12 V 3-axis digital readout really necessary?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, for precision production. The DRO shows the exact position of the axes in real-time to the hundredth of a millimeter, eliminating reading errors from graduated handwheels. On a heavy-duty lathe of this size, positioning accuracy is crucial for machining quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWithout a DRO, positioning accuracy depends on visual reading of handwheels and compensation for screw play: errors of 0.1-0.2 mm are typical. With a DRO, positioning accuracy easily reaches 0.01 mm. On the Apollo, it is included as standard, unlike many entry-level industrial lathes from other brands where the DRO is an expensive optional accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the Apollo 2000 with a 22 kW and 30 kW motor?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 30 kW motor handles higher torque in continuous heavy machining (large workpieces on hard steels, significant material removal). The 22 kW motor is sized for standard machining, even on large workpieces but with controlled removal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe choice of motor in configuration depends on the typical type of work. For precision production with moderate material removal, the 22 kW motor is sufficient. For heavy industrial production with large material removal, the 30 kW motor prevents motor fatigue and maintains constant machining speed. Krollit provides support in choosing the correct configuration based on typical workpieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the expected service life of an Apollo lathe?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard industrial use, the Apollo range is designed for an operating life of over 25-30 years with regular maintenance. Wear parts (bearings, guides, lubrication system, clutches) can be replaced with original Bernardo spare parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stabilized, hardened, and ground cast iron structure (a feature of Apollo lathes) does not wear significantly: the bed and headstock maintain precision for decades with correct maintenance. Mechanical components in contact are sized for continuous industrial use and are replaced periodically. Original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with 3-5 business days shipping. For intensive use, a semi-annual preventive maintenance plan is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693281743176,"sku":"03-1386XL","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Apollo_2000_x_3000_Tornio_parallelo_industriale_con_visualizzatore_digitale_a_3_assi.jpg?v=1756997631"},{"product_id":"bernardo-tornio-metallo-apollo-2000-x-5000-incluso-visualizzatore-digitale-a-3-assi","title":"Heavy-duty parallel lathe Bernardo Apollo 2000 x 5000 – distance between centers 5000 mm, diameter 2000 mm, motor 22-30 kW, MT 7, weight 30,000 kg, 3-axis DRO included","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Apollo 2000 x 5000 heavy-duty parallel lathe is the heavy industrial model in the Apollo family. It offers a 5000 mm distance between centers, 2000 mm swing over bed, 1500 mm swing over cross slide, 2300 mm maximum swing in gap, 1100 mm bed width, MT 7 spindle taper with 130 mm bore, 2-400 rpm spindle speed with gear change, 22-30 kW 400V three-phase motor (depending on configuration). ES-12 V 3-axis digital readout included, solid cast iron structure. Machine weight approx. 30,000 kg. Suitable for marine, energy, and heavy machinery sectors. Made in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5000 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwing over bed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2000 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwing over cross slide:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1500 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum swing in gap:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2300 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBed width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle taper:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT 7 with 130 mm bore\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 22-30 kW – 400V three-phase (configuration)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachine weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 30,000 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Apollo 2000 x 5000 and for what purpose\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Apollo 2000 x 5000 is one of the heavy industrial parallel lathes in the Apollo range, featuring a 5,000 mm distance between centers and a 2,000 mm swing over bed: a configuration for heavy industrial workpieces of significant length. The reinforced bed with a width of 1100 mm and the MT 7 spindle taper define the operating range: machining of shafts, profiles, and cylindrical parts in heavy industrial workshops with large workpieces. The configuration with a 2-400 rpm gear change, MT 7 taper, and 22-30 kW motor (selectable in configuration) represents the top of the Apollo range for heavy industrial applications. The 2,300 mm maximum swing in gap handles industrial flanges, large discs, and gears for heavy machinery. In Krollit customers' workshops, the Apollo 2000 x 5000 is chosen by industrial mechanical workshops, shipyards for shaft repair and reconstruction, manufacturers of turbine and generator components, and workshops specialized in precision turning of heavy workpieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Apollo family is the line of heavy parallel lathes for industrial applications. It consists of 12 models organized by swing over bed (1000, 1250, 1600, 2000 mm) and distance between centers (1,500, 2,000, 3,000, 5,000, 8,000 mm). Heavy industrial 2000 family (this model, top of the range): MT 7 taper, 1,100 mm bed, 22-30 kW motor (selectable), 2-400 rpm spindle speed with gear change, 2,000 mm swing over bed, 2,300 mm maximum swing in gap. The absolute top of the Apollo Bernardo range for industrial applications. Alongside the 2000 x 5000 in the same family: Apollo 2000 x 2000, Apollo 2000 x 3000, Apollo 2000 x 8000. The choice in the 2000 family depends exclusively on the typical length of workpieces: 2,000 mm distance between centers for short workpieces, 3,000 mm intermediate, 5,000-8,000 mm for long industrial workpieces (marine shafts, energy profiles).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South of Italy). With a weight of approx. 30,000 kg, it requires a crane of adequate capacity, industrial flooring, and a reinforced concrete foundation. Dimensions approx. 8.0 × 3.0 × 2.8 m: check workshop access, ceiling height, and transport routes in advance. Steady rests, tailstocks, self-centering chucks, and original Bernardo spare accessories are available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the Apollo 2000 x 5000 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy industrial machine weighing approx. 30,000 kg and requiring a 400V three-phase industrial power line. Exclusively high-level professional application.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy industrial workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000 mm swing over bed and 2300 mm swing in gap handle bulky workpieces. 1,100 mm bed, MT 7 taper, dedicated gear change for industrial torque.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipyard \/ heavy energy production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop-of-the-range configuration for large industrial parts: large diameter flanges, marine shafts, transmission wheels for heavy machinery. 22-30 kW motor and dedicated gear change for high continuous torque.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops requiring parts within 1,600 mm in diameter (the 1600 family is significantly less expensive with professional features); workshops without industrial flooring and a reinforced concrete foundation; high-volume CNC series production; laboratories with limited access (machine weight requires cranes and dedicated routes).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTurning capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over cross slide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum swing in gap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBed width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2-400 rpm with gear change\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22-30 kW (depending on configuration)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – 50Hz – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × D × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 8.0 × 3.0 × 2.8 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 30,000 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo Apollo 2000 x 5000 Lathe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-axis digital readout\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-jaw self-centering chuck\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTailstock with CM 7 taper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of threading gears\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eService tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the typical application sectors for the Apollo 2000 x 5000?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMarine (marine shafts, propellers, gearboxes), energy (turbine shafts, generators), heavy machinery (cylinders, pulleys, gears). The 5000 mm distance between centers and the 2000 mm swing over bed define the operating range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExamples of typical workpieces: long transmission shafts (components for marine engines), large cylindrical profiles (components for industrial machinery), industrial pipe flanges. For specific parts, check the maximum diameter, length, and weight of the workpiece in relation to the machine's capabilities in advance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat operating space does it require in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine dimensions approx. 8.0 × 3.0 × 2.8 m. For operational use (loading\/unloading workpieces, handling, maintenance access), an overall area at least 1.5 times the machine dimensions is needed, with adequate ceiling height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation requires industrial flooring or a reinforced concrete foundation sized for the weight of the machine plus typical workpieces. For the initial installation, it is recommended to consult a qualified installer for structural and site compliance assessment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the ES-12 V 3-axis digital readout really necessary?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, for precision manufacturing. The DRO shows the exact position of the axes in real-time to the hundredth of a millimeter, eliminating reading errors from graduated handwheels. On a heavy-duty lathe of this size, positioning accuracy is crucial for the quality of machining operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWithout a DRO, positioning accuracy depends on visual reading of the handwheels and compensation for screw backlash: errors of 0.1-0.2 mm are typical. With a DRO, positioning accuracy easily reaches 0.01 mm. On the Apollo, it is included as standard, unlike many entry-level industrial lathes from other brands where the DRO is an expensive optional accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the Apollo 2000 with a 22 kW motor and a 30 kW motor?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 30 kW motor handles higher torque in heavy continuous machining (large workpieces on hard steels, significant material removal). The 22 kW motor is sized for standard machining, even on large workpieces but with controlled removal rates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe choice of motor in the configuration depends on the typical type of work. For precision manufacturing with moderate removal rates, the 22 kW motor is sufficient. For heavy industrial manufacturing with large removal rates, the 30 kW motor avoids motor fatigue and maintains constant machining speed. Krollit provides support in choosing the correct configuration based on typical workpieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the expected useful life of an Apollo lathe?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard industrial use, the Apollo range is designed for an operational life of over 25-30 years with regular maintenance. Wear components (bearings, guides, lubrication system, clutches) are replaceable with original Bernardo spare parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stabilized, hardened, and ground cast iron structure (a characteristic of Apollo lathes) does not wear significantly: the bed and headstock maintain precision for decades with correct maintenance. Mechanical contact components are sized for continuous industrial use and are replaced periodically. Original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping. For intensive use, a semi-annual preventive maintenance plan is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693285642568,"sku":"03-1387XL","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Apollo_2000_x_5000_Tornio_parallelo_industriale_con_visualizzatore_digitale_a_3_assi.jpg?v=1756996675"},{"product_id":"bernardo-tornio-metallo-apollo-2000-x-8000-con-visualizzatore-digitale-a-3-assi","title":"Bernardo Apollo 2000 x 8000 heavy-duty lathe – 8000 mm distance between centers, 2000 mm swing over bed, 22-30 kW motor, MT 7, 37,500 kg weight, 3-axis DRO included","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Apollo 2000 x 8000 heavy-duty parallel lathe is the heavy industrial model in the Apollo family. It offers a distance between centers of 8000 mm, a turning diameter over the bed of 2000 mm, a turning diameter over the carriage of 1500 mm, a maximum diameter over the gap of 2300 mm, a bed width of 1100 mm, an MT 7 spindle taper with a 130 mm bore, spindle speeds of 2-400 rpm with gear changes, and a 22-30 kW 400V three-phase motor (depending on configuration). A 3-axis ES-12 V digital readout is included, along with a solid cast iron structure. Machine weight is approx. 37,500 kg. Suitable for naval, energy, and heavy mechanical sectors. Made in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8000 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTurning diameter over bed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2000 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTurning diameter over carriage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1500 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum diameter over gap:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2300 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBed width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle taper:\u003c\/strong\u003e MT 7 with 130 mm bore\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 22-30 kW – 400V three-phase (configuration)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachine weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 37,500 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Apollo 2000 x 8000 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Apollo 2000 x 8000 is one of the heavy industrial parallel lathes in the Apollo range, featuring the maximum configuration of the Apollo range: 8,000 mm between centers with a 2,000 mm diameter over the bed. The reinforced bed with a width of 1100 mm and the MT 7 spindle taper define the operational range: machining of shafts, profiles, and cylindrical parts in heavy industrial workshops with large workpieces. The configuration with 2-400 rpm gear changes, MT 7 taper, and 22-30 kW motor (selectable in configuration) represents the top of the Apollo range for heavy industrial applications. The maximum diameter over the gap of 2,300 mm handles industrial flanges, large disks, and gears for heavy machinery. In Krollit's customers' workshops, the Apollo 2000 x 8000 is chosen by industrial mechanical workshops, shipyards for shaft repair and reconstruction, manufacturers of turbine and generator components, and workshops specializing in precision turning on heavy parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Apollo Bernardo family is the line of heavy-duty parallel lathes for industrial applications. It consists of 12 models organized by turning diameter over the bed (1000, 1250, 1600, 2000 mm) and distance between centers (1,500, 2,000, 3,000, 5,000, 8,000 mm). Heavy industrial 2000 family (this model, top of the range): MT 7 taper, 1,100 mm bed, 22-30 kW motor (selectable), 2-400 rpm spindle speed with gear changes, 2,000 mm turning diameter over the bed, 2,300 mm maximum diameter over the gap. Absolute top of the Apollo Bernardo range for industrial applications. Alongside the 2000 x 8000 in the same family: Apollo 2000 x 2000, Apollo 2000 x 3000, Apollo 2000 x 5000. The choice in the 2000 family depends exclusively on the length of typical workpieces: 2,000 mm distance between centers for short workpieces, 3,000 mm for intermediate, 5,000-8,000 mm for long industrial workpieces (nautical shafts, energy profiles).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics and Krollit support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). With a weight of approx. 37,500 kg, it requires a crane of adequate capacity, industrial flooring, and a reinforced concrete foundation. Dimensions approx. 11.0 × 3.0 × 2.8 m: check workshop access, ceiling height, and transport paths in advance. Steady rests, tailstocks, self-centering chucks, and original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Apollo 2000 x 8000 for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy industrial machine with a weight of approx. 37,500 kg and requiring a 400V industrial three-phase line. Exclusively high-level professional application.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy industrial workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000 mm turning diameter over the bed and 2300 mm diameter over the gap handle voluminous workpieces. 1,100 mm bed, MT 7 taper, gear changes dedicated to industrial torque.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipyard \/ heavy energy production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop-of-the-range configuration for large industrial workpieces: large diameter flanges, nautical shafts, heavy machinery transmission wheels. 22-30 kW motor and gear changes dedicated to high continuous torque.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workshops requiring parts within 1,600 mm in diameter (the 1600 family is significantly less expensive with professional features); workshops without industrial flooring and a reinforced concrete foundation; high-volume CNC series production; laboratories with limited access (machine weight requires cranes and dedicated paths).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTurning capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurning diameter over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurning diameter over carriage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum diameter over gap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBed width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2-400 rpm with gear changes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22-30 kW (depending on configuration)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – 50Hz – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 11.0 × 3.0 × 2.8 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 37,500 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/CE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo Apollo 2000 x 8000 Lathe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-axis digital readout\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-jaw self-centering chuck\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTailstock with CM 7 taper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of gears for threading\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eService tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the typical application sectors for the Apollo 2000 x 8000?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNaval (nautical shafts, propellers, gearboxes), energy (turbine shafts, generators), heavy mechanical (cylinders, pulleys, gears). The 8000 mm distance between centers and 2000 mm turning diameter define the operational range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExamples of typical workpieces: long transmission shafts (components for marine engines), large cylindrical profiles (components for industrial machinery), industrial pipe flanges. For specific workpieces, check the maximum diameter, length, and weight of the workpiece in relation to the machine's capabilities in advance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat operating space does it require in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine dimensions approx. 11.0 × 3.0 × 2.8 m. For operational use (loading\/unloading workpieces, handling, maintenance access), an overall area of at least 1.5x the machine's dimensions is needed, with adequate ceiling height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation requires industrial flooring or a reinforced concrete foundation sized for the machine's weight plus typical workpieces. For initial installation, it is recommended to consult a qualified installer for structural and site compliance assessment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the ES-12 V 3-axis digital readout really necessary?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, for precision manufacturing. The DRO shows the exact position of the axes to the hundredth of a millimeter in real time, eliminating reading errors from graduated handwheels. On a heavy lathe of this size, positioning accuracy is crucial for the quality of machining operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWithout a DRO, positioning accuracy depends on visual reading of the handwheels and backlash compensation: errors of 0.1-0.2 mm are typical. With a DRO, positioning accuracy easily reaches 0.01 mm. The Apollo includes it as standard, unlike many entry-level industrial lathes from other brands where the DRO is an expensive optional accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the Apollo 2000 with a 22 kW motor and a 30 kW motor?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 30 kW motor handles higher torque in continuous heavy machining (large workpieces on hard steels, significant material removal). The 22 kW motor is sized for standard machining, even on large workpieces but with controlled removal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe choice of motor in configuration depends on the typical work type. For precision manufacturing with moderate removal, the 22 kW motor is sufficient. For heavy industrial manufacturing with large removal, the 30 kW motor prevents motor fatigue and maintains constant machining speed. Krollit provides support in choosing the correct configuration based on typical workpieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the expected service life of an Apollo lathe?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard industrial use, the Apollo range is designed for an operational life of over 25-30 years with regular maintenance. Wear-prone components (bearings, guides, lubrication system, clutches) can be replaced with original Bernardo spare parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stabilized, hardened, and ground cast iron structure (a characteristic of Apollo lathes) does not wear significantly: the bed and headstock maintain precision for decades with correct maintenance. Contact mechanical components are sized for continuous industrial use and are replaced periodically. Original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping. For intensive use, a semi-annual preventive maintenance plan is advisable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693286101320,"sku":"03-1388XL","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Apollo_2000_x_8000_Tornio_parallelo_industriale_con_visualizzatore_digitale_a_3_assi.jpg?v=1756995843"},{"product_id":"bernardo-tornio-metallo-hobby-140-230-v","title":"Bernardo Hobby 140 metal lathe – 140 mm distance between centers, 0.15 kW motor, 230V single-phase, 14 kg weight","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Hobby 140 bench lathe is sized for entry-level hobby use and model making. Center distance 140 mm, center height 55 mm, swing over bed Ø 110 mm, spindle bore Ø 10 mm, speed range 0 - 3,800 rpm (stepless adjustment). Ø 50 mm self-centering chuck, 0.15 kW (S1 100%) - 0.2 kW (S6 40%) 230V single-phase motor, 14 kg weight, machine dimensions 420 × 300 × 230 mm (without base). Distributed in Italy by Krollit as official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 140 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCenter height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 55 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwing over bed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 110 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle bore:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 10 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpeed range:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0 - 3,800 rpm (stepless adjustment)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelf-centering chuck:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 50 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.15 kW (S1) \/ 0.2 kW (S6) - 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Hobby 140 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Hobby 140 is the entry-level model in the Bernardo Hobby range, sized for model making, entry-level hobby use, and initial turning learning. The Hobby 140 model is the most compact in the range: 140 mm distance between centers, weight only 14 kg, dimensions 420 × 300 × 230 mm. Suitable for hobbyists who work on small parts (scale railway models, watch parts, aircraft modeling components, precision screws and pins). The continuously adjustable speed from 0 to 3,800 rpm allows turning on soft materials (aluminum, brass, plastic) and light steels. The Ø 10 mm spindle bore limits the machining of through bars to very small diameters. Ø 50 mm self-centering chuck with tool post (single position) and Ø 10 mm cylindrical tailstock. Threading is optional (5 metric from 0.5 to 1.25 mm and 5 imperial from 16 to 24 TPI). For occasional hobby use, it is correctly sized; for continuous use or higher precision machining, consider the intermediate models in the range (Hobby 350 VD, 350 VDM, 400 Super).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Hobby metal lathe range is organized by progressive size and technical characteristics: Hobby 140 (distance between centers 140 mm, weight 14 kg) and Hobby 250 (250 mm, 23 kg) are entry-level mini lathes without a display, 0.15 kW motor; Hobby 350 VD (350 mm, 44 kg), Hobby 350 VDM (M version with additional turret) and Hobby 400 Super (400 mm, 50 kg) are intermediate models with digital display and quick-change tool post, 0.35-0.50 kW motor; Hobby 500 in 230V single-phase and 400V three-phase versions (130 kg, 0.55 kW motor) is the top of the Hobby range with automatic feeds, full threading, and 6-step speed change. Beyond the Hobby range are the Profi models (semi-professional, 200-500 kg) and the heavy industrial Goliath lathes (over 1,500 kg, 5-15 kW motors). \n\nThe Hobby 140 is entry-level: for small parts (Ø up to 110-150 mm), occasional use, initial learning. For more professional needs with digital display and quick tool change, the Hobby 350 VD\/VDM or 400 Super is correctly sized. For regular production with automatic feeds and full threading, the Hobby 500 is correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics and Krollit support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). With a weight of 14 kg, it can be moved by one person; the lathe is sized for placement on an existing robust workbench. Turret inserts, additional self-centering chucks, spare steel gears, original Bernardo accessories and spare parts available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping. Customer assistance available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the Hobby 140 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel maker \/ entry-level hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompact 14 kg lathe for small parts (model making, watchmaking, precision parts). 230V single-phase power compatible with any household socket. Continuously adjustable speed for finishing soft materials.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdvanced hobbyist with threading and digital display needs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor threading and digital display, the Hobby 350 VD\/VDM or 400 Super is correctly sized. The entry-level model does not include automatic feeds or a display.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTechnical school for initial learning\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRobust but small machine suitable for school use for a first approach to turning. Workpiece up to Ø 110-150 mm is sufficient for standard educational exercises.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e professional threading (the intermediate models Hobby 350\/400 have full metric threading; Hobby 250 threading is optional and limited); automatic feeds (intermediate models and Hobby 500 have standard feeds); large parts over Ø 110-150 mm (Hobby 400 Super and Hobby 500 models have higher capacities).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e140 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCenter height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 110 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over cross slide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 10 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelf-centering chuck\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed and feeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 - 3,800 rpm (stepless adjustment)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTailstock\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock quill travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCylindrical Ø 10 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.15 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.2 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e420 × 300 × 230 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/CE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo Hobby 140 lathe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eØ 50 mm self-centering chuck\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle guard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool post (single position)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eØ 10 mm cylindrical rotating tailstock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSplash guard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the 230V single-phase power supply truly professional?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the Hobby range, yes. The 0.15 kW (S1) - 0.2 kW (S6) motor is sized for continuous use at 230V single-phase. The machine is sized for advanced hobby use and small artisan workshops, not for intensive industrial production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended check before installation: electrical line with adequate cross-section (minimum 2.5 mm² cable), dedicated 16A circuit breaker, 16A 230V CEE industrial socket (preferable to a \"Schuko\" household socket for professional use). For workshops with other simultaneous loads (compressors, extractors), check the available power on the meter. For intensive daily industrial use, a lathe with a 400V three-phase motor is recommended (400V version of the Hobby 500 or Profi range).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat parts can I work with the Hobby 140?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypical parts: cylindrical turning of shafts and cylinders up to Ø 110 mm and 140 mm length between centers, facing, grooving, chamfering, and radiusing. Typical materials: mild steels (Fe360, S235), alloy steels (C45, 39NiCrMo3), aluminum and light alloys, brass, bronze, technical plastic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWorking limits: maximum Ø over bed 110 mm, Ø over cross slide 60 mm, spindle bore Ø 10 mm (maximum limit for through bars). For larger parts, the higher models in the range or industrial lathes (Profi range 200-500 kg or Goliath 1,500-3,500 kg) are correctly sized. For hobby\/small workshop use, it is correctly sized for most standard needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the machine already complete or do I need additional accessories?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine is supplied with standard equipment sufficient for immediate use: Ø 50 mm self-centering chuck, tool post (single\/2 positions), Ø 10 mm cylindrical rotating tailstock, spindle guard, splash guard, tool kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOptional accessories typically purchased separately: self-centering chucks of different diameters for specific parts, steady rests for long parts, 4-jaw chuck for non-cylindrical parts, additional turning tool sets (roughing, finishing, threading, drilling), live center (if the machine has a dead center). For most standard hobby work, the basic equipment is sufficient; for specific productions or particular parts, evaluate dedicated accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the stepless speed adjustment 0 - 3,800 rpm (stepless adjustment) easy to use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The stepless adjustment is done via a knob on the control panel: the operator varies the speed by turning the knob until the desired value is reached. Approximate indication via graduated knob; the exact speed can be measured with an external tachometer if required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStepless adjustment is simpler than mechanical stepped shifting (present in Hobby 500 and Profi models): the operator does not have to stop the machine to change speed. Disadvantage: under high load, the speed may drop slightly (typical speed drop of 5-15% under maximum load). For standard hobby use, this is not a problem; for professional precision production, the stepped shifting of higher models is preferable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I install the Hobby 140 on any workbench?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, on robust workbenches with a load capacity greater than the weight of the machine (14 kg) plus the workpieces. The workbench must be stable and level: workbench instability causes vibrations during turning that compromise work precision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor home workshops or schools, a robust woodworking bench (e.g., WB 1500 Hobby or WB 2000 Hobby from the Bernardo range) with a solid beech wood top is recommended. For advanced hobby use, consider a dedicated base for the lathe (made of steel sheet) for greater stability. Important: the machine must be fixed to the workbench with through bolts in the provided base holes to prevent sliding during operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696348926280,"sku":"03-0999","price":579.52,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Hobby_140_Mini_tornio_compatto_per_principianti_e_modellisti.jpg?v=1756993747"},{"product_id":"bernardo-tornio-metallo-hobby-350-vd-230v","title":"Bernardo Hobby 350 VD metal lathe – 350 mm center distance, digital display for speed + carriage, automatic feeds, 0.35 kW motor, 230V single-phase, weight 44 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Hobby 350 VD bench lathe is sized for advanced hobbyists and small craft workshops requiring precision and a digital display. Center distance 350 mm, center height 90 mm, swing over bed Ø 180 mm, spindle bore Ø 21 mm MT 3 taper, speed range 100 - 1,200 \/ 100 - 3,000 rpm (dual range, continuous adjustment). Longitudinal feeds 0.1 \/ 0.2 mm\/rev. Metric threads (10) 0.4 - 2.0 mm. Self-centering chuck Ø 80 mm, motor 0.35 kW (S1 100%) - 0.5 kW (S6 40%) at 230V single-phase, weight 44 kg, machine dimensions 770 × 300 × 310 mm (without base). Distributed in Italy by Krollit as official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 350 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCenter height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 90 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwing over bed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 180 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle bore:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 21 mm MT 3 taper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpeed range:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 - 1,200 \/ 100 - 3,000 rpm (dual range, continuous adjustment)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelf-centering chuck:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 80 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLongitudinal feeds:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.1 \/ 0.2 mm\/rev\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetric threads:\u003c\/strong\u003e (10) 0.4 - 2.0 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital display:\u003c\/strong\u003e Speed + cross slide and top slide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.35 kW (S1) \/ 0.5 kW (S6) - 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 44 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Hobby 350 VD and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Hobby 350 VD is an intermediate bench lathe in the Hobby range with a distinctive feature: a digital display included for spindle speed and for cross slide and top slide position. The Hobby 350 VD model: 350 mm center distance, 90 mm center height, 44 kg weight. Dual speed range (100-1,200 \/ 100-3,000 rpm) selectable via mechanical gearbox: low range for high torque on hard materials or large workpieces, high range for fast finishing on soft materials. Spindle bore Ø 21 mm MT3 taper with Ø 80 mm self-centering chuck. Quick-change tool post (size 5-4) with 4 standard inserts: tool change in 5-10 seconds without wrenches. Longitudinal feeds 0.1 \/ 0.2 mm\/rev and 10-step metric threads (0.4 - 2.0 mm). Suitable for advanced hobbyists, small craft workshops, technical schools with educational workshops, and restorers of mechanical components. For intensive daily professional use, consider the Hobby 500 range (130 kg, 4-step automatic feeds, full metric+inch threads).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Hobby metal lathe range is organized by progressive size and technical characteristics: Hobby 140 (140 mm center distance, 14 kg weight) and Hobby 250 (250 mm, 23 kg) are entry-level mini lathes without display, 0.15 kW motor; Hobby 350 VD (350 mm, 44 kg), Hobby 350 VDM (M version with additional turret) and Hobby 400 Super (400 mm, 50 kg) are intermediate models with digital display and quick-change tool post, 0.35-0.50 kW motor; Hobby 500 in 230V single-phase and 400V three-phase versions (130 kg, 0.55 kW motor) is the top of the Hobby range with automatic feeds, full threading, and 6-step speed change. Beyond the Hobby range are the Profi models (semi-professional, 200-500 kg) and the heavy industrial Goliath lathes (over 1,500 kg, 5-15 kW motors).\n\nThe Hobby 350 VD is an intermediate model in the range: digital display for precise control, quick-change tool post for productivity. For smaller workpieces (entry-level), the Hobby 140\/250 models are significantly more economical. For regular production with automatic feeds and full threading, the Hobby 500 is correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). With a weight of 44 kg, it can be moved by one person; the lathe is sized for placement on an existing robust workbench. Tool post inserts, additional self-centering chucks, spare steel gears, original Bernardo accessories and spare parts available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the Hobby 350 VD is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdvanced hobbyist \/ small craftsman\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital display for speed + carriage, quick-change tool post with 4 inserts. Fast tool changes during machining. 350 mm center distance and Ø 80 mm chuck for medium to large workpieces.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTechnical school \/ professional training laboratory\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital display for modern teaching: students learn digital reading of carriage movements. Robustness suitable for intensive use by multiple operators.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkshop with unique piece production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable for single pieces or small series. For regular production with automatic feeds and full threading, the Hobby 500 (130 kg) or Profi (over 200 kg) models are correctly sized.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e full metric + inch threading (the Hobby 500 with 11 metric + 11 inch is the correct choice); intensive continuous professional use (the Hobby 500 with 130 kg robustness is correctly sized); very large workpieces (over Ø 180 mm on the bed; the Hobby 500 with Ø 220 mm is the correct choice).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e350 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCenter height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over cross slide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 110 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 21 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelf-centering chuck\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 80 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed and feeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 - 1,200 \/ 100 - 3,000 rpm (dual range, continuous adjustment)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLongitudinal feeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.1 \/ 0.2 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eThreading\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetric threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(10) 0.4 - 2.0 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTailstock\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock quill travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.35 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDigital display\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed indication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital LCD display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCross and top slide indication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital display included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e770 × 300 × 310 mm (without base)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e44 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo Hobby 350 VD Lathe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelf-centering chuck Ø 80 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle guard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuick-change tool post (size 5-4) with 4 inserts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpare steel gears\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSplash guard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital speed indication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital display for cross slide and top slide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFixed tailstock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs 230V single-phase power truly professional?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the Hobby range, yes. The 0.35 kW (S1) - 0.5 kW (S6) motor is sized for continuous use at 230V single-phase. The machine is sized for advanced hobby use and small craft workshops, not for intensive industrial production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended check before installation: electrical line with adequate cross-section (minimum 2.5 mm² cable), dedicated 16A circuit breaker, CEE 16A 230V industrial socket (preferred over a 'Schuko' domestic socket for professional use). For workshops with other simultaneous loads (compressors, extractors), check the available power at the meter. For intensive daily industrial use, a lathe with a 400V three-phase motor is recommended (400V version of the Hobby 500 or Profi range).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat workpieces can I machine with the Hobby 350 VD?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypical workpieces: cylindrical turning of shafts and cylinders up to Ø 180 mm and 350 mm length between centers, facing, grooving, chamfering and radiusing, threading (10) 0.4 - 2.0 mm metric. Typical materials: mild steels (Fe360, S235), alloy steels (C45, 39NiCrMo3), aluminum and light alloys, brass, bronze, engineering plastics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachining limits: maximum Ø over bed 180 mm, Ø over cross slide 110 mm, spindle bore Ø 21 mm (maximum limit for through bars). For larger workpieces, higher models in the range or industrial lathes are correctly sized (Profi range 200-500 kg or Goliath 1,500-3,500 kg). For hobby\/small workshop use, it is correctly sized for most standard needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the machine already complete or do I need additional accessories?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine comes with standard equipment sufficient for immediate use: Ø 80 mm self-centering chuck, quick-change tool post with 4 inserts, fixed tailstock, spindle guard, splash guard, tool kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOptional accessories typically purchased separately: self-centering chucks of different diameters for specific workpieces, steady rests for long workpieces, 4-jaw chuck for non-cylindrical workpieces, additional turning tool sets (roughing, finishing, threading, drilling), live center (if the machine has a fixed tailstock). For most standard hobby machining operations, the basic equipment is sufficient; for specific productions or particular workpieces, consider dedicated accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is the dual speed range (100-1,200 \/ 100-3,000 rpm) selected?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelection between the two ranges is done via mechanical gearbox (selection lever on the headstock of the lathe): low range 100-1,200 rpm for high torque on hard materials or large workpieces, high range 100-3,000 rpm for fast finishing on soft materials and small workpieces. Within each range, the speed is continuously adjustable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOptimal speed depends on: material (mild steels 80-150 m\/min, hard steels 50-80 m\/min, aluminum 200-400 m\/min), workpiece diameter (linear cutting speed must be constant), type of operation (roughing lower speeds, finishing higher speeds). For regular productions, it is recommended to record optimal speeds on a job sheet for reference.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I install the Hobby 350 VD on any workbench?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, on robust workbenches with a load capacity greater than the machine's weight (44 kg) plus the workpieces being machined. The workbench must be stable and level: workbench instability causes vibrations during turning, which compromises work precision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor home workshops or schools, a robust carpenter's workbench (e.g., WB 1500 Hobby or WB 2000 Hobby from the Bernardo range) with a solid beech wood top is recommended. For advanced hobby use, consider a dedicated lathe base (made of steel sheet) for greater stability. Important: the machine must be fixed to the workbench with through bolts in the provided base holes to prevent sliding during machining.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696365703496,"sku":"03-1026B","price":1183.44,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Hobby_350_VD_Tornio_per_metallo_compatto_e_preciso.jpg?v=1756998409"},{"product_id":"bernardo-tornio-metallo-hobby-350-vdm-230-v","title":"Metal Lathe Bernardo Hobby 350 VDM – center distance 350 mm, digital display for speed + compound rest, automatic feeds, 0.35 kW motor, 230V single-phase, weight 44 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Hobby 350 VDM bench lathe is sized for advanced hobbyists and small workshops with precision needs and a digital display. Center distance 350 mm, center height 90 mm, swing over bed Ø 180 mm, spindle bore Ø 21 mm MT 3 taper, speed range 100 - 1,200 \/ 100 - 3,000 rpm (dual range, continuous adjustment). Longitudinal feeds 0.1 \/ 0.2 mm\/rev. Metric threads (10) 0.4 - 2.0 mm. Self-centering chuck Ø 80 mm, motor 0.35 kW (S1 100%) - 0.5 kW (S6 40%) at 230V single-phase, weight 44 kg, machine dimensions 770 × 300 × 310 mm (without stand). Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 350 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCenter height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 90 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwing over bed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 180 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle bore:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 21 mm MT 3 taper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpeed range:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 - 1,200 \/ 100 - 3,000 rpm (dual range, continuous adjustment)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelf-centering chuck:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 80 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLongitudinal feeds:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.1 \/ 0.2 mm\/rev\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetric threads:\u003c\/strong\u003e (10) 0.4 - 2.0 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital display:\u003c\/strong\u003e Speed + cross and top slide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.35 kW (S1) \/ 0.5 kW (S6) - 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 44 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Hobby 350 VDM and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Hobby 350 VDM is an intermediate bench lathe in the Hobby range with a distinctive feature: a digital display included for spindle speed and for cross slide and top slide position. The Hobby 350 VDM model is the M ('Multi-turret') version of the 350 VD: same mechanical characteristics as the 350 VD (distance between centers, chuck, motor, speeds, dimensions, weight) but with additional turret equipment: in addition to the quick-change tool post (size 5-4 with 4 inserts) it also includes a traditional 4-position tool post. The advantage: the operator can configure the traditional tool post for standard operations (turning, roughing, finishing tools) and use the quick-change tool post for quick changes of special tools (threading, specific roughing). Significantly reduces setup times for productions with complex machining cycles. Suitable for advanced hobbyists, small artisan workshops, technical schools with educational laboratories, restorers of mechanical components. For intensive daily professional use, consider the Hobby 500 range (130 kg, 4-step automatic feeds, complete metric+inch threading).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Hobby metal lathe range is organized by progressive dimensions and technical characteristics: Hobby 140 (140 mm distance between centers, 14 kg weight) and Hobby 250 (250 mm, 23 kg) are entry-level mini lathes without display, 0.15 kW motor; Hobby 350 VD (350 mm, 44 kg), Hobby 350 VDM (M version with additional turret) and Hobby 400 Super (400 mm, 50 kg) are intermediate models with digital display and quick-change tool post, 0.35-0.50 kW motor; Hobby 500 in 230V single-phase and 400V three-phase versions (130 kg, 0.55 kW motor) is the top of the Hobby range with automatic feeds, complete threading and 6-step speed change. Beyond the Hobby range are the Profi models (semi-professional, 200-500 kg) and the heavy industrial Goliath lathes (over 1,500 kg, 5-15 kW motors). \n\nThe Hobby 350 VDM differs from the Hobby 350 VD by its double turret equipment: quick-change tool post + traditional 4-position tool post. Practical difference: the VDM allows two different turrets to be kept ready, reducing changeover times for complex machining cycles. For simple productions, the Hobby 350 VD is significantly more economical. For larger workpieces (over 350 mm), the Hobby 400 Super (400 mm distance between centers) is correctly sized; for professional use, the Hobby 500.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). With a weight of 44 kg, it can be handled by one person; the lathe is sized for placement on an existing sturdy workbench. Tool post inserts, additional self-centering chucks, spare steel gears, original Bernardo accessories and spare parts available from stock with 3-5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the Hobby 350 VDM is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdvanced hobbyist \/ small craftsman\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital display for speed + carriage, quick-change tool post with 4 inserts. Dual turret (quick-change + traditional 4-position) for complex machining cycles. 350 mm distance between centers and Ø 80 mm chuck for medium-large workpieces.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTechnical school \/ professional teaching laboratory\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital display for modern teaching: students learn digital reading of carriage movements. Robustness suitable for intensive use by multiple operators.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkshop producing unique pieces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable for single pieces or small series. For regular production with automatic feeds and complete threading, the Hobby 500 (130 kg) or Profi (over 200 kg) models are correctly sized.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e complete metric + inch threading (the Hobby 500 with 11 metric + 11 inch is the correct choice); intensive continuous professional use (the Hobby 500 with 130 kg robustness is correctly sized); very large workpieces (over Ø 180 mm on the bed; the Hobby 500 with Ø 220 mm is the correct choice).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e350 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCenter height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over cross slide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 110 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 21 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelf-centering chuck\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 80 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeeds and feeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 - 1,200 \/ 100 - 3,000 rpm (dual range, continuous adjustment)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLongitudinal feeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.1 \/ 0.2 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eThreads\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetric threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(10) 0.4 - 2.0 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTailstock\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock quill travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.35 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDigital display\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed indication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital LCD display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCross and top slide indication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital display included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e770 × 300 × 310 mm (without stand)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e44 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo Hobby 350 VDM Lathe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelf-centering chuck Ø 80 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle guard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuick-change tool post (size 5-4) with 4 inserts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTraditional 4-position tool post\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpare steel gears\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSplash guard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital speed indication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital display for cross and top slide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFixed tailstock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs 230V single-phase power truly professional?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the Hobby range, yes. The 0.35 kW (S1) - 0.5 kW (S6) motor is sized for continuous use at 230V single-phase. The machine is designed for advanced hobby use and small workshops, not for intensive industrial production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended check before installation: electrical line with adequate cross-section (minimum 2.5 mm² cable), dedicated 16A miniature circuit breaker, CEE 16A 230V industrial socket (preferable to a \"Schuko\" domestic socket for professional use). For workshops with other simultaneous loads (compressors, extractors), check the available power on the meter. For intensive daily industrial use, a lathe with a 400V three-phase motor (400V version of the Hobby 500 or Profi range) is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat workpieces can I machine with the Hobby 350 VDM?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypical workpieces: cylindrical turning of shafts and cylinders up to Ø 180 mm and 350 mm length between centers, facing, grooving, chamfering and filleting, threading (10) 0.4 - 2.0 mm metric. Typical materials: mild steels (Fe360, S235), alloy steels (C45, 39NiCrMo3), aluminum and light alloys, brass, bronze, technical plastics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachining limits: maximum Ø on bed 180 mm, Ø on cross slide 110 mm, spindle bore Ø 21 mm (maximum limit for thru-bars). For larger workpieces, the higher models in the range or industrial lathes (Profi range 200-500 kg or Goliath 1,500-3,500 kg) are correctly sized. For hobby\/small workshop use, it is correctly sized for most standard needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the machine already complete or are additional accessories needed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine comes with standard equipment sufficient for immediate use: Ø 80 mm self-centering chuck, quick-change tool post with 4 inserts, fixed tailstock, spindle guard, splash guard, tool kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOptional accessories typically purchased separately: self-centering chucks of different diameters for specific workpieces, steady rests for long workpieces, 4-jaw chuck for non-cylindrical workpieces, additional turning tool sets (roughing, finishing, threading, drilling), revolving tailstock (if the machine has a fixed tailstock). For most standard hobby machining, the basic equipment is sufficient; for specific productions or particular workpieces, dedicated accessories should be considered.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow is the dual speed range (100-1,200 \/ 100-3,000 rpm) selected?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe selection between the two ranges is done via mechanical change (selection lever on the lathe head): low range 100-1,200 rpm for high torque on hard materials or large workpieces, high range 100-3,000 rpm for fast finishes on soft materials and small workpieces. Within each range, the speed is continuously adjustable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe optimal speed depends on: material (mild steels 80-150 m\/min, hard steels 50-80 m\/min, aluminum 200-400 m\/min), workpiece diameter (linear cutting speed must be constant), type of operation (roughing lower speeds, finishing higher speeds). For regular production, it is recommended to record optimal speeds on a work sheet for reference.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I install the Hobby 350 VDM on any workbench?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, on sturdy workbenches with a load capacity greater than the weight of the machine (44 kg) plus the workpieces being machined. The workbench must be stable and level: workbench instability causes vibrations during turning that compromise work precision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor home workshops or schools, a sturdy carpenter's bench (e.g., WB 1500 Hobby or WB 2000 Hobby from the Bernardo range) with a solid beech wood top is recommended. For advanced hobby use, consider a dedicated lathe stand (made of steel sheet) for greater stability. Important: the machine must be fixed to the workbench with through bolts in the designated base holes to prevent sliding during machining.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696366817608,"sku":"03-1029","price":1163.92,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Hobby_350_VDM_Tornio_compatto_per_hobbisti_e_piccoli_laboratori.jpg?v=1756990714"},{"product_id":"bernardo-tornio-metallo-hobby-400-super","title":"Bernardo Hobby 400 Super Metal Lathe – 400 mm distance between centers, digital speed display + carriage, automatic feeds, 0.5 kW motor, 230V single-phase, 50 kg weight","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Hobby 400 Super bench lathe is sized for advanced hobbyists and small artisan workshops requiring precision and a digital display. It features a distance between centers of 400 mm, a center height of 90 mm, a turning diameter over the bed of Ø 180 mm, a spindle bore of Ø 20 mm (MT 3 taper), and a speed range of 100 - 2,500 rpm (continuously variable). Longitudinal feeds are 0.1 \/ 0.2 mm\/rev. Metric threads include (10) 0.4 - 2.0 mm. It comes with a Ø 100 mm self-centering chuck, a 0.5 kW (S1 100%) - 0.7 kW (S6 40%) single-phase 230V motor, weighs 50 kg, and has machine dimensions of 850 × 280 × 300 mm (without base). Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 400 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCenter height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 90 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTurning diameter over bed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 180 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle bore:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 20 mm MT 3 taper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpeed range:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 - 2,500 rpm (continuously variable)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelf-centering chuck:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLongitudinal feeds:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.1 \/ 0.2 mm\/rev\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetric threads:\u003c\/strong\u003e (10) 0.4 - 2.0 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital display:\u003c\/strong\u003e Speed + cross and top slide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.5 kW (S1) \/ 0.7 kW (S6) - 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Hobby 400 Super and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Hobby 400 Super is an intermediate bench lathe in the Hobby range with a distinctive feature: a digital display included for spindle speed and for the position of the cross slide and top slide. The Hobby 400 Super model is the top of the entry-level\/intermediate range: 400 mm distance between centers (the widest among compact models), 50 kg weight. Continuously variable speed 100-2,500 rpm (single range, simpler than the mechanical gear change of the 350 VD). Spindle bore Ø 20 mm MT3 taper with Ø 100 mm self-centering chuck (larger than the 350 models with Ø 80 mm). Quick-change tool post (size 5-4) with 4 inserts. More powerful motor than the 350 (0.50 kW S1 \/ 0.70 kW S6 vs 0.35\/0.50 for the 350s) for more demanding work. Longitudinal feeds 0.1 \/ 0.2 mm\/rev and 10-step metric threads (0.4 - 2.0 mm). Suitable for advanced hobbyists, small artisan workshops, technical schools with educational workshops, restorers of mechanical components. For intensive daily professional use, consider the Hobby 500 range (130 kg, 4-step automatic feeds, full metric + inch threads).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Hobby metal lathe range is organized by progressive size and technical characteristics: Hobby 140 (140 mm distance between centers, 14 kg weight) and Hobby 250 (250 mm, 23 kg) are entry-level mini lathes without display, 0.15 kW motor; Hobby 350 VD (350 mm, 44 kg), Hobby 350 VDM (M version with additional turret) and Hobby 400 Super (400 mm, 50 kg) are intermediate models with digital display and quick-change tool post, 0.35-0.50 kW motor; Hobby 500 in 230V single-phase and 400V three-phase versions (130 kg, 0.55 kW motor) is the top of the Hobby range with automatic feeds, full threading, and 6-step speed change. Beyond the Hobby range are the Profi models (semi-professional, 200-500 kg) and the heavy industrial Goliath lathes (over 1,500 kg, 5-15 kW motors).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Hobby 400 Super is intermediate in the range: digital display for precise control, quick-change tool post for productivity. For smaller parts (entry-level), the Hobby 140\/250 models are significantly cheaper. For regular production with automatic feeds and full threading, the Hobby 500 is correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). With a weight of 50 kg, it can be moved by one person; the lathe is sized for placement on an existing sturdy workbench. Inserts for tool post, additional self-centering chucks, spare steel gears, original Bernardo accessories and spare parts available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the Hobby 400 Super is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdvanced hobbyist \/ small artisan\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital display for speed + carriage, quick-change tool post with 4 inserts. Quick tool change during machining. 400 mm distance between centers and Ø 100 mm chuck for medium-large pieces.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTechnical school \/ professional educational laboratory\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital display for modern teaching: students learn digital reading of carriage movements. Robustness suitable for intensive use by multiple operators.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkshop producing unique pieces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable for single pieces or small series. For regular production with automatic feeds and full threading, the Hobby 500 (130 kg) or Profi (over 200 kg) models are correctly sized.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e full metric + imperial threading (the Hobby 500 with 11 metric + 11 imperial is the correct choice); intensive continuous professional use (the Hobby 500 with 130 kg of robustness is correctly sized); very large pieces (over Ø 180 mm on the bed; the Hobby 500 with Ø 220 mm is the correct choice).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMachining capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCenter height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurning diameter over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurning diameter over cross slide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 110 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelf-centering chuck\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeeds and feeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 - 2,500 rpm (continuously variable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLongitudinal feeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.1 \/ 0.2 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eThreading\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetric threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(10) 0.4 - 2.0 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTailstock\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock quill travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.7 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDigital display\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed indication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital LCD display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCross and top slide indication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital display included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e850 × 280 × 300 mm (without base)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo Hobby 400 Super lathe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eØ 100 mm self-centering chuck\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle guard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuick-change tool post (size 5-4) with 4 inserts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpare steel gears\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSplash guard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital speed indication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital display for cross and top slide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFixed tailstock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs 230V single-phase power truly professional?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the Hobby range, yes. The 0.5 kW (S1) - 0.7 kW (S6) motor is sized for continuous use at 230V single-phase. The machine is sized for advanced hobbyist use and small artisan workshops, not for intensive industrial production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended check before installation: electrical line with adequate cross-section (minimum 2.5 mm² cable), dedicated 16A circuit breaker, CEE 16A 230V industrial socket (preferable to a standard 'Schuko' socket for professional use). For workshops with other simultaneous loads (compressors, extractors), check the available power on the meter. For intensive daily industrial use, a lathe with a 400V three-phase motor is recommended (400V version of the Hobby 500 or Profi range).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat kind of pieces can I work with the Hobby 400 Super?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypical pieces: cylindrical turning of shafts and cylinders up to Ø 180 mm and 400 mm length between centers, facing, grooving, chamfering and filleting, threading (10) 0.4 - 2.0 mm metric. Typical materials: mild steels (Fe360, S235), alloy steels (C45, 39NiCrMo3), aluminum and light alloys, brass, bronze, engineering plastics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachining limits: maximum Ø over bed 180 mm, Ø over cross slide 110 mm, spindle bore Ø 20 mm (maximum limit for through bars). For larger pieces, the higher-end models or industrial lathes (Profi range 200-500 kg or Goliath 1,500-3,500 kg) are correctly sized. For hobbyist\/small laboratory use, it is correctly sized for most standard needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the machine already complete or do I need additional accessories?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine is supplied with standard equipment sufficient for immediate use: Ø 100 mm self-centering chuck, quick-change tool post with 4 inserts, fixed tailstock, spindle guard, splash guard, tool kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOptional accessories typically purchased separately: self-centering chucks of different diameters for specific pieces, steady rests for long pieces, 4-jaw chuck for non-cylindrical pieces, additional turning tool sets (roughing, finishing, threading, drilling), live center (if the machine has a fixed tailstock). For most standard hobbyist work, the basic equipment is sufficient; for specific productions or particular pieces, consider dedicated accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the continuously variable speed of 100-2,500 rpm suitable for all materials?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, for hobbyist\/small laboratory use. The 100-2,500 rpm range covers all typical needs: low speed (100-300 rpm) for hard materials and large pieces, standard speed (500-1,500 rpm) for turning mild steels, high speed (1,800-2,500 rpm) for finishing on soft materials and small pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOptimal speed depends on: material (mild steels 80-150 m\/min, hard steels 50-80 m\/min, aluminum 200-400 m\/min), workpiece diameter (linear cutting speed must be constant), type of machining (lower speeds for roughing, higher speeds for finishing). For regular productions, it is recommended to record optimal speeds on a job card for reference.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I install the Hobby 400 Super on any workbench?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, on sturdy workbenches with a load capacity greater than the machine's weight (50 kg) plus the workpieces. The workbench must be stable and level: workbench instability causes vibrations during turning, which compromises work precision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor home workshops or schools, a robust woodworking bench is recommended (e.g., WB 1500 Hobby or WB 2000 Hobby from the Bernardo range) with a solid beech wood top. For advanced hobbyist use, consider a dedicated lathe base (made of steel sheet) for greater stability. Important: the machine must be secured to the workbench with through bolts in the designated base holes to prevent sliding during machining.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696370159944,"sku":"03-1028B","price":1220.65,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Tornio_Patrona_Hobby_400_Super_compatto_da_banco.jpg?v=1757321491"},{"product_id":"bernardo-tornio-metallo-hobby-500-230-v","title":"Bernardo Hobby 500 Metal Lathe (230V) – 500 mm distance between centers, automatic feeds, 0.55 kW motor, 230V single-phase, 130 kg weight","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Hobby 500 (230V) bench lathe is sized for advanced hobbyists, small craft workshops, and workshops requiring threading and automatic feeds. Distance between centers 500 mm, center height 110 mm, swing over bed Ø 220 mm, spindle bore Ø 20 mm with MT 3 taper, speed range (6 steps) 140 - 1,710 rpm. Longitudinal feeds (4) 0.05 - 0.2 mm\/rev. Metric threads (11) 0.4 - 3 mm, inch threads (11) 8 - 28 TPI. Self-centering chuck Ø 100 mm, motor 0.55 kW (S1 100%) - 0.8 kW (S6 40%) at 230V single-phase, weight 130 kg, machine dimensions 1,150 × 480 × 420 mm (without stand). Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 500 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCenter height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 110 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwing over bed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 220 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle bore:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 20 mm MT 3 taper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpeed range:\u003c\/strong\u003e (6 steps) 140 - 1,710 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelf-centering chuck:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLongitudinal feeds:\u003c\/strong\u003e (4) 0.05 - 0.2 mm\/rev\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetric threads:\u003c\/strong\u003e (11) 0.4 - 3 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInch threads:\u003c\/strong\u003e (11) 8 - 28 TPI\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.55 kW (S1) \/ 0.8 kW (S6) - 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 130 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Hobby 500 (230V) and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Hobby 500 is the top of the Hobby range: 500 mm distance between centers, 110 mm center height, Ø 220 mm swing over bed (the largest in the Hobby range), weight 130 kg. 6-speed step transmission from 140 to 1,710 rpm via mechanical gearbox (vs continuous adjustment of lower models): a decisive feature for professional use where the precision of the set speed is important. Ø 100 mm self-centering chuck with Ø 20 mm MT3 bore. Distinctive features compared to intermediate Hobby models: 4-step automatic longitudinal feeds (0.05 - 0.2 mm\/rev vs 2 simple steps of intermediate models), complete metric threads 11 steps (0.4 - 3 mm) and inch threads 11 steps (8 - 28 TPI), traditional 4-position tool post, cross slide with top support. Motor 0.55 kW (S1) \/ 0.80 kW (S6). 230V single-phase version: power supply compatible with any domestic socket, sized for home workshops and small workshops without a 400V three-phase line. Suitable for advanced hobbyists with home workshops, small craft workshops, technical schools with educational labs. For intensive daily professional production, industrial lathes from the Bernardo Profi or Goliath range are correctly sized (with higher capacities and 1.5-9 kW motors).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Hobby metal lathe range is organized by progressive size and technical characteristics: Hobby 140 (140 mm distance between centers, 14 kg weight) and Hobby 250 (250 mm, 23 kg) are entry-level mini lathes without display, 0.15 kW motor; Hobby 350 VD (350 mm, 44 kg), Hobby 350 VDM (M version with additional turret) and Hobby 400 Super (400 mm, 50 kg) are intermediate models with digital display and quick-change tool post, 0.35-0.50 kW motor; Hobby 500 in 230V single-phase and 400V three-phase versions (130 kg, 0.55 kW motor) is the top of the Hobby range with automatic feeds, complete threading and 6-step speed change. Beyond the Hobby range are the Profi models (semi-professional, 200-500 kg) and the heavy industrial Goliath lathes (over 1,500 kg, 5-15 kW motors).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Hobby 500 (230V single-phase) is the top of the Hobby range with a domestic power supply compatible with any socket: sized for home workshops and small workshops without a three-phase line. The 400V three-phase version has identical mechanical characteristics but an industrial power supply: for workshops with a three-phase line, it is the correct choice (motor with less vibration and longer life). For intensive daily professional production, Profi or Goliath lathes are correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). With a weight of 130 kg, it requires a pallet truck or two-three people to unload carefully. The machine is supplied WITHOUT a stand: for positioning, a dedicated Bernardo stand or a robust workbench (200+ kg capacity) is recommended. Tool post inserts, additional self-centering chucks, spare gears, original Bernardo accessories available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Hobby 500 (230V) for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdvanced hobbyist with home workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop of the Hobby range: 4-step automatic feeds, complete metric and inch threads, 6 stepped speeds for stability. 230V single-phase power compatible with any domestic socket.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall craft workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRobustness of 130 kg for daily use, Ø 220 mm swing over bed, 500 mm distance between centers. Complete threading (11 metric + 11 inch) for production of standard threaded parts.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVocational school \/ training laboratory\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional lathe with all the standard features of an industrial lathe (stepped speed change, complete threading, automatic feeds). For intensive use by multiple students, the 130 kg robustness is adequate.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e industrial production of large parts (over Ø 220 mm on the bed; Profi or Goliath range is correctly sized); programmed CNC (the Hobby 500 is a manual lathe); continuous intensive use where 400V three-phase stability is important (the 400V version of the Hobby 500 is correctly sized).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCenter height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 220 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelf-centering chuck\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed and feeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(6 steps) 140 - 1,710 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLongitudinal feeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(4) 0.05 - 0.2 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eThreads\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetric threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(11) 0.4 - 3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInch threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(11) 8 - 28 TPI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTailstock\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock quill travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.55 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.8 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,150 × 480 × 420 mm (without stand)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo Hobby 500 (230V) lathe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelf-centering chuck Ø 100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChuck guard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpare steel gears\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFixed center\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4-way tool post\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCross slide with top support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the 230V single-phase power supply really professional?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the Hobby range, yes. The 0.55 kW (S1) - 0.8 kW (S6) motor is sized for continuous use at 230V single-phase. The machine is sized for advanced hobbyist use and small craft workshops, not for intensive industrial production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended check before installation: electrical line with adequate cross-section (minimum 2.5 mm² cable), dedicated 16A miniature circuit breaker, CEE 16A 230V industrial socket (preferable to a 'Schuko' domestic socket for professional use). For workshops with other simultaneous loads (compressors, extractors), check the available power on the meter. For intensive daily industrial use, a lathe with a 400V three-phase motor is recommended (400V version of the Hobby 500 or Profi range).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat parts can I work with the Hobby 500 (230V)?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypical parts: cylindrical turning of shafts and cylinders up to Ø 220 mm and 500 mm length between centers, facing, grooving, chamfering and filleting, threads (11) 0.4 - 3 mm metric. Typical materials: mild steels (Fe360, S235), alloy steels (C45, 39NiCrMo3), aluminum and light alloys, brass, bronze, technical plastic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWorking limits: maximum Ø on the bed 220 mm, spindle bore Ø 20 mm (maximum limit for through bars). For larger parts, higher range models or industrial lathes are correctly sized (Profi range 200-500 kg or Goliath 1,500-3,500 kg). For hobbyist\/small workshop use, it is correctly sized for most standard needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the machine already complete or do I need additional accessories?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine is supplied with standard equipment sufficient for immediate use: Ø 100 mm self-centering chuck, 4-way tool post, fixed center, chuck guard, splash guard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOptional accessories typically purchased separately: self-centering chucks of different diameters for specific parts, steady rests for long parts, 4-jaw chuck for non-cylindrical parts, set of additional turning tools (roughing, finishing, threading, drilling), live center (if the machine has a fixed center). For most standard hobbyist work, the basic equipment is sufficient; for specific productions or particular parts, evaluate dedicated accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the 6 stepped speeds sufficient for all materials?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, for hobbyist\/small workshop use. The 140-1,710 rpm range covers all typical needs: low rotation (140-280 rpm) for threading and hard materials, standard rotation (470-720 rpm) for turning mild steels, high rotation (1,130-1,710 rpm) for finishing and soft materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePractical difference with continuous adjustment (Hobby 350\/400 models with continuous speed adjustment): the mechanical step change has greater stability of the set speed under load (the speed does not drop when the tool encounters resistance), an important feature for precision threading. Continuous adjustment is simpler to use but can experience speed variations under load. For professional use, the step change is preferred; for simple hobbyist use, continuous adjustment is more intuitive.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I need to buy a separate stand?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, if you want to install the machine in a fixed position in the workshop. The Hobby 500 (230V) is supplied WITHOUT a stand: it is typically installed on a dedicated Bernardo stand (purchased separately) or on a robust workbench with a load capacity exceeding 200 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dedicated Bernardo stand for the Hobby 500 range includes: folded steel sheet structure, height adjustment for operator ergonomics, integrated chip tray, oil collection tray under the machine, possibly drawers for tools. For hobbyist use, it is possible to install the machine on existing robust workbenches (e.g. WB 2100 Profi from the Bernardo range); for daily professional use, the dedicated stand is recommended for greater stability during machining.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696377794888,"sku":"03-1070","price":1720.26,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Hobby_500_Tornio_da_banco_230_V_compatto_e_preciso.jpg?v=1756914915"},{"product_id":"bernardo-tornio-metallo-hobby-500-400-v","title":"Metal Lathe Bernardo Hobby 500 (400V) – distance between centers 500 mm, automatic feeds, 0.55 kW motor, 400V three-phase, weight 130 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Hobby 500 (400V) bench lathe is sized for advanced hobbyists, small craft workshops, and workshops requiring threading and automatic feeds. Distance between centers 500 mm, center height 110 mm, swing over bed Ø 220 mm, spindle bore Ø 20 mm with MT 3 taper, speed range (6 steps) 140 - 1,710 rpm. Longitudinal feeds (4) 0.05 - 0.2 mm\/rev. Metric threads (11) 0.4 - 3 mm, imperial threads (11) 8 - 28 TPI. Self-centering chuck Ø 100 mm, motor 0.55 kW (S1 100%) - 0.8 kW (S6 40%) at 400V three-phase, weight 130 kg, machine dimensions 1,150 × 480 × 420 mm (without base). Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 500 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCenter height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 110 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwing over bed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 220 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle bore:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 20 mm MT 3 taper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpeed range:\u003c\/strong\u003e (6 steps) 140 - 1,710 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelf-centering chuck:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLongitudinal feeds:\u003c\/strong\u003e (4) 0.05 - 0.2 mm\/rev\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetric threads:\u003c\/strong\u003e (11) 0.4 - 3 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImperial threads:\u003c\/strong\u003e (11) 8 - 28 TPI\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.55 kW (S1) \/ 0.8 kW (S6) - 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 130 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Hobby 500 (400V) and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Hobby 500 is the top of the Hobby range: 500 mm distance between centers, 110 mm center height, Ø 220 mm swing over bed (the largest in the Hobby range), 130 kg weight. 6-step speed transmission from 140 to 1,710 rpm via mechanical gearbox (vs continuous adjustment of lower models): a decisive feature for professional use where the precision of the set speed is important. Ø 100 mm self-centering chuck with Ø 20 mm bore and MT3 taper. Distinctive features compared to intermediate Hobby models: 4-step automatic longitudinal feeds (0.05 - 0.2 mm\/rev vs 2 simple steps for intermediate models), complete metric threads 11 steps (0.4 - 3 mm) and imperial threads 11 steps (8 - 28 TPI), traditional 4-position tool post, cross slide with top support. Motor 0.55 kW (S1) \/ 0.80 kW (S6). 400V three-phase version: industrial power supply with greater voltage stability and better motor efficiency. Practical difference from the 230V version: identical mechanical characteristics and performance, but the three-phase motor has less vibration and greater durability under continuous load. Suitable for small craft workshops with industrial 400V three-phase line, vocational schools with industrial electrical cabins. For intensive daily professional production, industrial lathes from the Bernardo Profi or Goliath range (with higher capacities and 1.5-9 kW motors) are correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Hobby metal lathe range is organized by progressive dimensions and technical characteristics: Hobby 140 (140 mm distance between centers, 14 kg weight) and Hobby 250 (250 mm, 23 kg) are entry-level mini lathes without display, 0.15 kW motor; Hobby 350 VD (350 mm, 44 kg), Hobby 350 VDM (M version with additional turret) and Hobby 400 Super (400 mm, 50 kg) are intermediate models with digital display and quick-change tool post, 0.35-0.50 kW motor; Hobby 500 in 230V single-phase and 400V three-phase versions (130 kg, 0.55 kW motor) is the top of the Hobby range with automatic feeds, complete threading and 6-step speed change. Beyond the Hobby range are the Profi models (semi-professional, 200-500 kg) and the heavy industrial Goliath lathes (over 1,500 kg, 5-15 kW motors). \n\nThe Hobby 500 (400V three-phase) has identical mechanical characteristics to the 230V single-phase version but industrial 400V power supply: motor with less vibration, greater durability under continuous load, better energy efficiency. For workshops with a 400V three-phase line, it is the correct choice. The 230V version is significantly simpler to install in home workshops without a three-phase line. For intensive daily professional production, Profi or Goliath lathes are correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). With a weight of 130 kg, it requires a pallet truck or two-three people with care for unloading. The machine is supplied WITHOUT a base: for positioning, a dedicated Bernardo base or a robust workbench (capacity 200+ kg) is recommended. Inserts for tool post, additional self-centering chucks, spare gears, original Bernardo accessories available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the Hobby 500 (400V) is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdvanced hobbyist with home workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop of the Hobby range: 4-step automatic feeds, complete metric and imperial threads, 6 stepped speeds for stability. 400V three-phase power supply for industrial workshops with a longer-lasting motor under load.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall craft workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130 kg robustness for daily use, Ø 220 mm swing over bed, 500 mm distance between centers. Complete threading (11 metric + 11 imperial) for producing standard threaded parts.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVocational school \/ training laboratory\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional lathe with all standard features of an industrial lathe (stepped speed change, complete threading, automatic feeds). For intensive use by multiple students, the 130 kg robustness is adequate.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e industrial production of large parts (over Ø 220 mm over bed; Profi or Goliath range is correctly sized); programmed CNC (the Hobby 500 is a manual lathe); home workshops without a 400V three-phase line (the 230V single-phase version is correctly sized).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCenter height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 220 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelf-centering chuck\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed and feeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(6 steps) 140 - 1,710 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLongitudinal feeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(4) 0.05 - 0.2 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eThreads\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetric threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(11) 0.4 - 3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eImperial threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(11) 8 - 28 TPI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTailstock\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock quill travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.55 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.8 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,150 × 480 × 420 mm (without base)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo Hobby 500 (400V) lathe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eØ 100 mm self-centering chuck\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle guard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSteel spare gears\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFixed tailstock center\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4-position tool post\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCross slide with top support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhy is the Hobby 500 available in both 230V and 400V?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo cover both needs: the 230V single-phase version is sized for home workshops and small workshops without an industrial three-phase line; the 400V three-phase version is sized for workshops with an industrial electrical cabin. The mechanical characteristics and performance of the machine are identical; only the motor's power supply differs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdvantages of the 400V three-phase version: motor with less vibration (three-phase motors rotate more smoothly than single-phase), greater durability under continuous load, better energy efficiency (lower electricity consumption for the same work), smoother start-up. For workshops with a 400V three-phase line, it is the correct choice. The 230V version is significantly simpler to install in home workshops where the meter is domestic.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat parts can I work with the Hobby 500 (400V)?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypical parts: cylindrical turning of shafts and cylinders up to Ø 220 mm and 500 mm length between centers, facing, grooving, chamfering and filleting, threading (11) 0.4 - 3 mm metric. Typical materials: mild steels (Fe360, S235), alloy steels (C45, 39NiCrMo3), aluminum and light alloys, brass, bronze, technical plastics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWorking limits: maximum Ø on bed 220 mm, spindle bore Ø 20 mm (maximum limit for through bars). For larger parts, the higher models in the range or industrial lathes (Profi 200-500 kg or Goliath 1,500-3,500 kg range) are correctly sized. For hobbyist\/small workshop use, it is correctly sized for most standard needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the machine already complete or do I need additional accessories?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine is supplied with standard equipment sufficient for immediate use: Ø 100 mm self-centering chuck, 4-position tool post, fixed tailstock center, spindle guard, splash guard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOptional accessories typically purchased separately: self-centering chucks of different diameters for specific parts, steady rests for long parts, 4-jaw chuck for non-cylindrical parts, additional turning tool sets (roughing, finishing, threading, drilling), live center (if the machine has a fixed tailstock center). For most standard hobbyist machining, the basic equipment is sufficient; for specific productions or particular parts, dedicated accessories should be considered.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the 6 stepped speeds sufficient for all materials?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, for hobbyist\/small workshop use. The 140-1,710 rpm range covers all typical needs: low speed (140-280 rpm) for threading and hard materials, standard speed (470-720 rpm) for turning on mild steels, high speed (1,130-1,710 rpm) for finishing and soft materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePractical difference from continuous adjustment (Hobby 350\/400 models with continuously adjustable speed): the mechanical stepped gear change has greater stability of the set speed under load (the speed does not drop when the tool encounters resistance), an important feature for precision threading. Continuous adjustment is simpler to use but can experience speed variations under load. For professional use, the stepped gear change is preferred; for simple hobbyist use, continuous adjustment is more intuitive.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I need to buy a separate base?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, if you want to install the machine in a fixed position in the workshop. The Hobby 500 (400V) is supplied WITHOUT a base: it is typically installed on a dedicated Bernardo base (purchased separately) or on a robust workbench with a load capacity exceeding 200 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dedicated Bernardo base for the Hobby 500 range includes: folded steel sheet structure, height adjustment for operator ergonomics, integrated chip tray, oil collection tray under the machine, possibly tool drawers. For hobbyist use, it is possible to install the machine on existing robust workbenches (e.g. WB 2100 Profi from the Bernardo range); for daily professional use, the dedicated base is recommended for greater stability during machining.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696379269448,"sku":"03-1075","price":1720.26,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Tornio_Bernardo_Hobby_500_compatto_e_robusto.jpg?v=1759217976"},{"product_id":"bernardo-tornio-metallo-profi-300-v-230-v","title":"Bernardo Profi 300 V metal lathe - 300 mm centre distance, 180 mm swing over bed, 20 mm spindle bore MK 3, 0.5 kW 230V single-phase motor, digital speed display, 60 kg weight","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Profi 300 V bench lathe is designed for advanced hobbyists, professional model makers, and small artisan workshops requiring precision, full threading, and a digital speed display. Distance between centers 300 mm, center height 90 mm, swing over bed Ø 180 mm, spindle bore Ø 20 mm with MK 3 taper, DK11 Ø 100 mm 3-jaw self-centering chuck, speed range 50-1,250 \/ 100-2,500 rpm (stepless adjustment). Longitudinal feeds (3) 0.083-0.159 mm\/rev. Metric threads (14) 0.3-3 mm, inch threads (10) 10-44 TPI. Tailstock quill travel 60 mm with MK 2 taper. Motor 0.5 kW (S1) - 0.7 kW (S6) at 230V single-phase, weight 60 kg, machine dimensions 740 × 390 × 370 mm (without base). Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 300 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCenter height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 90 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwing over bed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 180 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle bore:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 20 mm MK 3 taper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelf-centering chuck:\u003c\/strong\u003e DK11 Ø 100 mm with 3 jaws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpeed range:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50-1,250 \/ 100-2,500 rpm (stepless adjustment)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLongitudinal feeds:\u003c\/strong\u003e (3) 0.083-0.159 mm\/rev\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetric threads:\u003c\/strong\u003e (14) 0.3-3 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInch threads:\u003c\/strong\u003e (10) 10-44 TPI\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital display:\u003c\/strong\u003e Speed indication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.5 kW (S1) \/ 0.7 kW (S6) - 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Profi 300 V and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Profi 300 V is a compact bench lathe from the Profi range (professional entry-level), designed for advanced hobbyists, model makers, and small workshops. Features of the Profi 300 V: distance between centers 300 mm, weight 60 kg, dimensions 740 × 390 × 370 mm. The most compact model in the Profi range: sized for small parts (turning short shafts, fittings, precision parts, advanced model making). DK11 Ø 100 mm 3-jaw chuck with a Ø 20 mm through bore MK3 taper: standard for professional use with interchangeable tools and accessories (MK3 collets, reducers). Continuous electronic variable speed 50-1250\/100-2500 rpm in two ranges: low range for torque on hard materials, high range for rapid finishing. Automatic feeds 3 steps (0.083-0.159 mm\/rev in the 300 V, 0.089-0.198 in the 400 G\/400 V) for finish control. Metric threads 14-15 steps (0.3-3 mm) and inch threads 10-12 steps (10-44 TPI): standard coverage for common threaded part production. Digital speed indicator for precise control of the set rpm. In Krollit customer workshops, compact Profi lathes are chosen by advanced hobbyists who want professional features (threading, feeds, display) in compact bench machines without the need for a dedicated stand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Profi metal lathe range is organized by progressive size and features: Profi 300 V, 400 G, 400 V (compact 60-65 kg, 0.50-0.60 kW motor, electronic variable speed) for advanced hobbyists and small workshops; Profi 450 S and 450 S Vario (medium 112 kg, 0.90 kW motor) for artisan workshops with daily use; Profi 550 WQ and 550 WQV (heavy 120 kg, 0.75 kW motor but with separate longitudinal+cross feeds and full threading) for professional production of complex threaded parts. Below the Profi range is the Hobby range (entry-level 14-130 kg); above it is the Goliath range (heavy industrial 1,500-3,500 kg).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Profi 300 V is the professional entry-level model of the Profi range: professional features (full threading, automatic feeds, digital speed display) in a compact bench machine. For continuous professional use with larger parts, the Profi 450 S\/450 S Vario (112 kg) or 550 WQ\/WQV (120 kg) are correctly sized. For heavy industrial production, the Goliath range is correctly sized. The 3 compact models (300 V, 400 G, 400 V) differ in: 300 V being more compact and slightly less powerful, 400 G with a Ø 21 mm spindle bore and 105 mm center height, 400 V with a Ø 20 mm bore and 100 mm center height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). With a weight of 60 kg, it can be moved by one person; the lathe is designed for positioning on an existing robust workbench (capacity 100+ kg). Additional self-centering chucks, inserts for 4-way tool posts, spare gears, original Bernardo accessories and spare parts available from stock with 3-5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Profi 300 V for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdvanced hobbyist \/ professional model maker\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompact 60 kg lathe with professional features: full metric+inch threading, automatic feeds, digital speed display. 300 mm distance between centers and Ø 180 mm swing over bed for small-medium parts.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall artisan workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDK11 Ø 100 mm chuck with through bore for using standard accessories (collets, reducers, 4-jaw chucks for special accessories). Continuous electronic variable speed for tuning to different materials.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkshop with regular production and large parts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor intensive use with parts over Ø 200-210 mm on the bed, the Profi 450 S\/Vario (Ø 230 mm) or the 550 WQ\/WQV (Ø 250 mm) with a more powerful motor are correctly sized.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e daily professional use with large parts (over Ø 210 mm on the bed; the Profi 450 S\/Vario or 550 WQ\/WQV are correctly sized); workshops without a sturdy 230V industrial line (0.50-0.60 kW motor requires a sized domestic meter); three-phase 400V power supply (for workshops with a three-phase line, the 400V version of the Hobby 500 or Goliath range is correctly sized); programmed CNC (Profi lathes are manual lathes, not CNC).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCenter height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMK 3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelf-centering chuck\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDK11 Ø 100 mm with 3 jaws\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed and feeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50-1,250 \/ 100-2,500 rpm (stepless adjustment)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLongitudinal feeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(3) 0.083-0.159 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eThreading\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetric threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(14) 0.3-3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInch threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(10) 10-44 TPI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTailstock\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock quill travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMK 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.7 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V single-phase \/ 50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDigital indication\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital rpm indication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e740 × 390 × 370 mm (without base)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/CE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo Profi 300 V lathe complete\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDK11 Ø 100 mm 3-jaw self-centering chuck\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFour-way tool post\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLive centers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpare gears\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle guard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRear chip wall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChip collection tray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital speed indication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpare wheels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the Profi 300 V and the Hobby models in the range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfi compacts are a level above Hobby: professional features (full metric+inch threading, DK11 Ø 100 mm chuck, digital speed display, 0.50-0.60 kW motor) in a compact bench machine. Hobby models are entry-level with simpler features (optional threading on basic models, smaller chuck diameters, 0.15-0.55 kW motors).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePractical difference: for occasional hobby use, a Hobby 250\/350 is sufficient; for more intensive use with professional threading requirements, the Profi compact is correctly sized. The Profi medium (450 S\/Vario) and heavy (550 WQ\/WQV) range is sized for daily professional or continuous advanced hobby use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the 230V single-phase power supply really sufficient for professional use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the Profi 300 V, yes. The 0.5 kW (S1) - 0.7 kW (S6) motor is sized for continuous use at 230V single-phase. The machine is designed for professional use in an artisan workshop, not for heavy industrial production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended check before installation: electrical line with adequate cross-section (4 mm² cable for 0.90+ kW motor, 2.5 mm² for 0.50-0.80 kW motors), dedicated 16-20A circuit breaker, CEE 16A 230V industrial socket. For workshops with other simultaneous loads (compressors, extractors), check the available power on the meter (minimum 6 kW for simultaneous use). For heavy industrial use, the Goliath range with a 9 kW three-phase 400V motor is correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat parts can I work with the Profi 300 V?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypical parts: cylindrical turning of shafts and cylinders up to Ø 180 mm and 300 mm length between centers, facing, grooving, chamfering and radiusing, metric threads (14) 0.3-3 mm and inch threads (10) 10-44 TPI. Typical materials: mild steels (Fe360, S235), alloy steels (C45, 39NiCrMo3), stainless steels (AISI 304, 316), aluminum and light alloys, brass, bronze, technical plastics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLimitations: maximum Ø over bed 180 mm, spindle bore Ø 20 mm (maximum limit for through bars). For larger parts, the higher models in the Profi range or the Goliath range are correctly sized. For standard occasional hobby use, all Profi models are adequate; for regular production with specific parts, check the capacity of the chosen model.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I install the Profi 300 V on any workbench?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, on robust workbenches with a load capacity greater than the machine's weight (60 kg) plus the workpieces. The workbench must be stable and level: instability causes vibrations that compromise work precision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor artisan workshops, a professional workbench (e.g., Bernardo's WB 2100 Profi) with a solid beech wood top, or a dedicated steel sheet base is recommended. The machine must be fastened to the workbench with through bolts in the designated base holes to prevent sliding during operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the machine already complete or do I need additional accessories?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine comes with standard equipment sufficient for immediate use: DK11 Ø 100 mm 3-jaw self-centering chuck, four-way tool post, fixed tailstock, spare steel gears, spindle guard, chip tray, spare wheels. User manual in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOptional accessories typically purchased separately: self-centering chucks of different diameters, steady rests for long parts, 4-jaw chuck for non-cylindrical parts, additional turning tool sets (HSS, carbide), collets for MK3\/MT4 spindle. For most standard machining, the basic equipment is sufficient; for specific production, evaluate dedicated accessories. All original Bernardo accessories are available from Krollit with 3-5 business days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696379924808,"sku":"03-1035","price":1390.85,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Tornio_Patrona_Profi_300_V_compatto_da_banco.jpg?v=1757321107"},{"product_id":"bernardo-tornio-metallo-profi-400-g-230-v","title":"Metal Lathe Bernardo Profi 400 G – 400 mm distance between centers, 210 mm swing over bed, 21 mm spindle bore MK 3 taper, 0.6 kW 230V single-phase motor, digital speed display, 60 kg weight","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Profi 400 G bench lathe is sized for advanced hobbyists, professional model makers, and small workshops with precision requirements, comprehensive threading, and a digital speed display. Distance between centers 400 mm, center height 105 mm, swing over bed Ø 210 mm, spindle bore Ø 21 mm with MK 3 taper, 3-jaw self-centering chuck DK 11 Ø 100 mm, speed range 50-1,250 \/ 100-2,500 rpm (continuously variable). Longitudinal feeds (3) 0.089-0.198 mm\/rev. Metric threads (15) 0.3-3 mm, inch threads (12) 10-44 TPI. Tailstock quill travel 55 mm with MK 2 taper. Motor 0.6 kW (S1) - 0.8 kW (S6) at 230V single-phase, weight 60 kg, machine dimensions 930 × 400 × 380 mm (without stand). Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 400 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCenter height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 105 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwing over bed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 210 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle bore:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 21 mm MK 3 taper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelf-centering chuck:\u003c\/strong\u003e DK 11 Ø 100 mm with 3 jaws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpeed range:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50-1,250 \/ 100-2,500 rpm (continuously variable)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLongitudinal feeds:\u003c\/strong\u003e (3) 0.089-0.198 mm\/rev\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetric threads:\u003c\/strong\u003e (15) 0.3-3 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInch threads:\u003c\/strong\u003e (12) 10-44 TPI\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital display:\u003c\/strong\u003e Speed indication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.6 kW (S1) \/ 0.8 kW (S6) - 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Profi 400 G and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Profi 400 G is a compact bench lathe from the Profi range (professional entry-level), sized for advanced hobbyists, model makers, and small workshops. Features of the Profi 400 G: 400 mm distance between centers, 60 kg weight, dimensions 930 × 400 × 380 mm. Intermediate model in the compact Profi range: greater capacity than the Profi 300 V (Ø 210 vs 180 mm swing over bed) for medium-sized workpieces. DK11 Ø 100 mm 3-jaw chuck with Ø 21 mm bore, MK3 taper (1 mm larger bore than Profi 300 V and Profi 400 V). Same variable speed (50-1250\/100-2500 rpm) and same threading configuration as the 300 V and 400 V, but with a slightly more powerful motor (0.60 kW S1 vs 0.50 for the 300 V). 3-step automatic feeds (0.083-0.159 mm\/rev in 300 V, 0.089-0.198 in 400 G\/400 V) for finish control. Metric threads 14-15 steps (0.3-3 mm) and inch threads 10-12 steps (10-44 TPI): standard coverage for common threaded parts production. Digital speed indicator for precise control of the set rpm. In Krollit customer workshops, compact Profi lathes are chosen by advanced hobbyists who want professional features (threading, feeds, display) in compact bench machines without the need for a dedicated stand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Profi metal lathe range is organized by progressive size and features: Profi 300 V, 400 G, 400 V (compact 60-65 kg, 0.50-0.60 kW motor, electronic variable speed) for advanced hobbyists and small workshops; Profi 450 S and 450 S Vario (medium 112 kg, 0.90 kW motor) for artisanal workshops with daily use; Profi 550 WQ and 550 WQV (heavy 120 kg, 0.75 kW motor but with separate longitudinal+cross feeds and comprehensive threading) for professional production of complex threaded parts. Below the Profi range is the Hobby range (entry-level 14-130 kg); above it is the Goliath range (heavy industrial 1,500-3,500 kg).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Profi 400 G is the professional entry-level model of the Profi range: professional features (comprehensive threading, automatic feeds, digital speed display) in a compact bench machine. For continuous professional use with larger workpieces, the Profi 450 S\/450 S Vario (112 kg) or 550 WQ\/WQV (120 kg) is appropriately sized. For heavy industrial production, the Goliath range is appropriately sized. The 3 compact models (300 V, 400 G, 400 V) differ in: 300 V being more compact and slightly less powerful, 400 G with Ø 21 mm spindle bore and 105 mm center height, 400 V with Ø 20 mm bore and 100 mm center height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). With a weight of 60 kg, it can be moved by one person; the lathe is sized for placement on an existing sturdy workbench (100+ kg capacity). Additional self-centering chucks, inserts for 4-position tool posts, spare gears, original Bernardo accessories and spare parts available from stock with 3-5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Profi 400 G for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdvanced hobbyist \/ professional model maker\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompact 60 kg lathe with professional features: comprehensive metric+inch threading, automatic feeds, digital speed display. 400 mm distance between centers and Ø 210 mm swing over bed for small-medium workpieces.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall artisanal workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDK11 Ø 100 mm chuck with through hole for standard accessory use (collets, reductions, 4-jaw chucks for special accessories). Continuously variable electronic speed for tuning to different materials.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkshop with regular production and large workpieces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor intensive use with workpieces over Ø 200-210 mm on the bed, the Profi 450 S\/Vario (Ø 230 mm) or the 550 WQ\/WQV (Ø 250 mm) with a more powerful motor is correctly sized.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e daily professional use with large workpieces (over Ø 210 mm on the bed; the Profi 450 S\/Vario or 550 WQ\/WQV is correctly sized); workshops without a good 230V industrial line (0.50-0.60 kW motor requires a sized domestic meter); three-phase 400V power supply (for workshops with a three-phase line, the 400V version of the Hobby 500 or Goliath range is correctly sized); programmed CNC (Profi are manual lathes, not CNC).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMachining capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCenter height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e105 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 210 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 21 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMK 3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelf-centering chuck\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDK 11 Ø 100 mm with 3 jaws\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed and feeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50-1,250 \/ 100-2,500 rpm (continuously variable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLongitudinal feeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(3) 0.089-0.198 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eThreads\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetric threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(15) 0.3-3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInch threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(12) 10-44 TPI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTailstock\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock quill travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMK 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.6 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.8 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V single-phase \/ 50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDigital indication\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital rpm indication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e930 × 400 × 380 mm (without stand)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo Profi 400 G lathe complete\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelf-centering chuck DK 11 Ø 100 mm with 3 jaws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFour-way tool post\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLive centers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpare gears\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle guard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRear chip guard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChip tray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital speed indication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpare wheels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the Profi 400 G and the Hobby models in the range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe compact Profi models are one level above the Hobby: professional features (comprehensive metric+inch threading, DK11 Ø 100 mm chuck, digital speed display, 0.50-0.60 kW motor) in a compact bench machine. The Hobby models are entry-level with simpler features (optional threading on basic models, smaller diameter chucks, 0.15-0.55 kW motors).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePractical difference: for occasional hobby use, a Hobby 250\/350 is sufficient; for more intensive use with professional threading requirements, the compact Profi is appropriately sized. The medium Profi range (450 S\/Vario) and heavy (550 WQ\/WQV) are sized for daily professional or continuous advanced hobby use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the 230V single-phase power supply truly sufficient for professional use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the Profi 400 G, yes. The 0.6 kW (S1) - 0.8 kW (S6) motor is sized for continuous use at 230V single-phase. The machine is sized for professional artisanal workshop use, not for heavy industrial production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended check before installation: electrical line with adequate cross-section (4 mm² cable for 0.90+ kW motor, 2.5 mm² for 0.50-0.80 kW motors), dedicated 16-20A circuit breaker, CEE 16A 230V industrial socket. For workshops with other simultaneous loads (compressors, extractors), check the available power on the meter (minimum 6 kW for simultaneous use). For heavy industrial use, the Goliath range with a 9 kW three-phase 400V motor is appropriately sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat workpieces can I process with the Profi 400 G?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypical workpieces: cylindrical turning of shafts and cylinders up to Ø 210 mm and 400 mm length between centers, facing, grooving, chamfering and radiusing, metric threads (15) 0.3-3 mm and inch threads (12) 10-44 TPI. Typical materials: mild steels (Fe360, S235), alloy steels (C45, 39NiCrMo3), stainless steels (AISI 304, 316), aluminum and light alloys, brass, bronze, technical plastics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLimits: maximum Ø over bed 210 mm, spindle bore Ø 21 mm (maximum limit for through bars). For larger workpieces, the upper models of the Profi range or the Goliath range are appropriately sized. For standard occasional hobby use, all Profi models are adequate; for regular production with specific workpieces, check the capacity of the chosen model.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I install the Profi 400 G on any workbench?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, on sturdy workbenches with a load capacity greater than the weight of the machine (60 kg) plus the workpieces being processed. The workbench must be stable and level: instability causes vibrations that compromise the precision of the work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor artisanal workshops, a professional workbench is recommended (e.g., WB 2100 Profi from the Bernardo range) with a solid beech wood top, or a dedicated steel sheet stand. The machine must be bolted to the workbench using through bolts in the provided base holes to prevent sliding during machining.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the machine already complete or do I need additional accessories?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine comes with standard equipment sufficient for immediate use: DK 11 Ø 100 mm 3-jaw self-centering chuck, four-way tool post, fixed center, steel spare gears, spindle guard, chip tray, spare wheels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOptional accessories typically purchased separately: self-centering chucks of different diameters, steady rests for long workpieces, 4-jaw chuck for non-cylindrical workpieces, additional turning tool sets (HSS, carbide), collets for MK3\/MT4 spindle. For most standard machining operations, the basic equipment is sufficient; for specific productions, evaluate dedicated accessories. All original Bernardo accessories are available from Krollit with 3-5 business days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696384020808,"sku":"03-1037","price":1683.66,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Tornio_Patrona_Profi_400_G_compatto_da_banco.jpg?v=1757320580"},{"product_id":"bernardo-tornio-metallo-profi-450-s-230-v","title":"Metal Lathe Bernardo Profi 450 S – 450 mm centre distance, 230 mm swing over bed, 20 mm spindle bore MK 3 taper, 0.9 kW 230V single-phase motor, 112 kg weight","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Profi 450 S bench lathe is sized for craft workshops, professional laboratories, and advanced hobbyists requiring continuous use, offering full metric and imperial threading and superior robustness. It features a 450 mm distance between centers, 115 mm center height, 230 mm swing over bed, 20 mm spindle bore with MK 3 taper, 125 mm self-centering chuck with flange, and a speed range of (6) 125-2,000 rpm (mechanical gearbox). Longitudinal feeds are (2) 0.1-0.2 mm\/rev. Metric threads include (14) 0.4-3.5 mm, and imperial threads include (12) 8-44 TPI. The tailstock quill has a 60 mm travel with an MT 2 taper. The motor is 0.9 kW (S1) - 1.35 kW (S6) at 230V single-phase, with a weight of 112 kg, and machine dimensions of 1,000 × 580 × 500 mm (without base). Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 450 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCenter height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 115 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwing over bed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 230 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle bore:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 20 mm MK 3 taper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelf-centering chuck:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 125 mm with flange\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpeed range:\u003c\/strong\u003e (6) 125-2,000 rpm (mechanical gearbox)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLongitudinal feeds:\u003c\/strong\u003e (2) 0.1-0.2 mm\/rev\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetric threads:\u003c\/strong\u003e (14) 0.4-3.5 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImperial threads:\u003c\/strong\u003e (12) 8-44 TPI\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.9 kW (S1) \/ 1.35 kW (S6) - 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 112 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Profi 450 S and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Profi 450 S is a professional bench lathe from the Profi medium range, weighing 112 kg, with dimensions of 1,000 × 580 × 500 mm. It has a 450 mm distance between centers, 115 mm center height, and a 230 mm swing over bed. It features a 125 mm self-centering chuck with a 20 mm bore, MK3 taper, and a 125 mm flange. The Profi 450 S has a 6-step mechanical gearbox (125-2000 rpm). The practical difference from the Profi 450 S Vario (continuous speed) is that the mechanical gearbox offers greater stability of the set speed under load (the speed does not drop when the tool encounters resistance), which is an important feature for precision threading and turning large workpieces. The Vario version allows fine adjustment of the optimal speed for each material but may experience speed drops under heavy load. Longitudinal feeds are 2 steps (0.1 \/ 0.2 mm\/rev). It offers 14 metric thread steps (0.4-3.5 mm) and 12 imperial thread steps (8-44 TPI), providing extensive coverage for professional production of threaded parts. It includes a 4-position tool post for quick changes between roughing, finishing, threading, and drilling tools. The cross slide with a compound rest allows for complex machining operations (taper turning, radii). The 0.90 kW (S1) - 1.35 kW (S6) motor offers superior power compared to the Profi compact range (0.50-0.60 kW) for more demanding tasks. In Krollit customer workshops, the Profi 450 S\/450 S Vario is chosen by craft workshops for regular daily use, professional technical schools, and advanced hobbyists with dedicated workshops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Profi metal lathe range is organized by progressive size and features: Profi 300 V, 400 G, 400 V (compact 60-65 kg, 0.50-0.60 kW motor, electronic variable speed) for advanced hobbyists and small workshops; Profi 450 S and 450 S Vario (medium 112 kg, 0.90 kW motor) for craft workshops with daily use; Profi 550 WQ and 550 WQV (heavy 120 kg, 0.75 kW motor but with separate longitudinal + cross feeds and full threading) for professional production of complex threaded parts. Below the Profi range is the Hobby range (entry-level 14-130 kg); above is the Goliath range (heavy industrial 1,500-3,500 kg).\n\nThe Profi 450 S differs from the Profi 450 S Vario in its 6-step mechanical gearbox (vs. continuous) with greater stability under load. Practical difference: the 450 S is preferable for precision threading and high-load machining where speed must remain constant; the 450 S Vario is preferable for a variety of materials. For more demanding use with separate longitudinal + cross feeds, the Profi 550 WQ\/WQV is correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). With a weight of 112 kg, it requires a pallet truck or two-three people for careful unloading. The machine is supplied WITHOUT a base: for positioning, a dedicated Bernardo base or a robust workbench (200+ kg capacity) is recommended. Replacement steel gears, additional self-centering chucks, inserts for the 4-position tool post, original Bernardo accessories and spare parts are available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Profi 450 S for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdvanced hobbyist with dedicated workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e112 kg machine with a 0.90 kW motor: professional features for daily use in a dedicated workshop. Superior robustness and capacity compared to the Profi compact range.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCraft workshop with daily use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6-step mechanical gearbox for stability under heavy load. Full metric + imperial threading for standard threaded parts production.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTechnical school \/ professional training lab\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional lathe with complete features (threading, feeds, DK11 spindle) for teaching industrial turning. Robustness suitable for intensive use by multiple students.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e production of threaded parts with separate cross feeds (the Profi 550 WQ\/WQV with separate 6+4 step feeds is correctly sized); heavy industrial use with parts over Ø 230 mm (the Goliath range is correctly sized); three-phase 400V power supply (for workshops with a three-phase line, the 400V version of the Hobby 500 or Goliath range is correctly sized); programmed CNC (Profi lathes are manual, not CNC).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMachining Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e450 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCenter height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e115 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 230 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBed width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e135 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMK 3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelf-centering chuck\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 125 mm with flange\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeeds and Feeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(6) 125-2,000 rpm (mechanical gearbox)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLongitudinal feeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(2) 0.1-0.2 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eThreads\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetric threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(14) 0.4-3.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eImperial threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(12) 8-44 TPI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTailstock\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock quill travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and Power Supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.9 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.35 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V single-phase \/ 50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and Weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,000 × 580 × 500 mm (without base)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e112 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo Profi 450 S lathe complete\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelf-centering chuck Ø 125 mm with flange\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlange Ø 125 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCross slide with compound rest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChange gears\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4-position tool post\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFixed tailstock center\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSplash guard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeadscrew cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs it better to choose the Vario version or the standard 450 S?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the use: the standard version (450 S, 6-step mechanical gearbox) is preferable for workshops with intensive use where speed stability under load is important (precision threading, aggressive roughing, machining with carbide tools). The Vario version (continuous adjustment) is preferable for workshops with a variety of materials where fine-tuning of the optimal speed is important.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePractical difference: the mechanical gearbox has 6 predefined speeds, but the set speed remains constant even under heavy load. Continuous adjustment allows any speed within the range but may experience speed drops (5-15%) under heavy load. For most craft workshops, the standard 450 S version is sufficient; for labs working with exotic materials (titanium, special alloys), the fine-tuning of the Vario is valuable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the 230V single-phase power supply really sufficient for professional use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the Profi 450 S, yes. The 0.9 kW (S1) - 1.35 kW (S6) motor is sized for continuous use at 230V single-phase. The machine is sized for professional use in a craft workshop, not for heavy industrial production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended check before installation: electrical line with adequate cross-section (4 mm² cable for 0.90+ kW motor, 2.5 mm² for 0.50-0.80 kW motors), dedicated 16-20A circuit breaker, CEE 16A 230V industrial socket. For workshops with other simultaneous loads (compressors, extractors), verify the available power on the meter (minimum 6 kW for simultaneous use). For heavy industrial use, the Goliath range with a 9 kW three-phase 400V motor is correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat types of workpieces can I machine with the Profi 450 S?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypical workpieces: cylindrical turning of shafts and cylinders up to Ø 230 mm and 450 mm length between centers, facing, grooving, chamfering, and radiusing, metric threads (14) 0.4-3.5 mm and imperial threads (12) 8-44 TPI. Typical materials: mild steels (Fe360, S235), alloy steels (C45, 39NiCrMo3), stainless steels (AISI 304, 316), aluminum and light alloys, brass, bronze, technical plastics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLimitations: maximum Ø over bed 230 mm, spindle bore Ø 20 mm (maximum limit for through bars). For larger workpieces, the larger models in the Profi range or the Goliath range are correctly sized. For standard occasional hobby use, all Profi models are suitable; for regular production with specific workpieces, verify the capacity of the chosen model.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I need to buy a separate base?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, if you want to install the machine in a fixed position in the workshop. The Profi 450 S is supplied WITHOUT a base: it is typically installed on a dedicated Bernardo base (purchased separately) or on a robust workbench with a load capacity exceeding 200 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dedicated Bernardo base for the Profi medium\/heavy range includes: a folded steel sheet structure, height adjustment for operator ergonomics, an integrated chip tray, and possibly drawers for tools. For daily professional use, the dedicated base is recommended for greater stability during machining and for ergonomics.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the machine already complete, or do I need additional accessories?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine comes with standard equipment sufficient for immediate use: a Ø 125 mm self-centering chuck with flange, a 4-position tool post, a fixed tailstock center, spare steel gears, spindle protection, splash guard and leadscrew cover, and a tool kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOptional accessories typically purchased separately: self-centering chucks of different diameters, steady rests for long workpieces, a 4-jaw chuck for non-cylindrical workpieces, additional turning tool sets (HSS, carbide), collets for MK3\/MT4 spindle. For most standard machining, the basic equipment is sufficient; for specific productions, consider dedicated accessories. All original Bernardo accessories are available from Krollit with 3-5 working day shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696386576712,"sku":"03-1045","price":1647.06,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Tornio-Bernardo-37.jpg?v=1750086738"},{"product_id":"bernardo-tornio-metallo-patrona-profi-450-s-vario-230-v","title":"Bernardo Profi 450 S Vario metal lathe – center distance 450 mm, Ø 230 mm swing over bed, spindle bore Ø 20 mm MK 3 taper, 0.9 kW 230V single-phase motor, digital speed display, weight 112 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Profi 450 S Vario bench lathe is sized for craft workshops, professional laboratories, and advanced hobbyists for continuous use, with full metric+inch threading capabilities and superior robustness. Distance between centers 450 mm, center height 115 mm, swing over bed Ø 230 mm, spindle bore Ø 20 mm with MK 3 taper, self-centering chuck Ø 125 mm with flange, speed range 100-1,100 \/ 200-2,200 rpm (continuously variable). Longitudinal feeds (2) 0.1 \/ 0.2 mm\/revolution. Metric threads (14) 0.4-3.5 mm, imperial threads (12) 8-44 TPI. Tailstock quill travel 60 mm with MT 2 taper. Motor 0.9 kW (S1) - 1.35 kW (S6) at 230V single-phase, weight 112 kg, machine dimensions 1,000 × 580 × 500 mm (without stand). Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 450 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCenter height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 115 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwing over bed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 230 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle bore:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 20 mm MK 3 taper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelf-centering chuck:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 125 mm with flange\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpeed range:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100-1,100 \/ 200-2,200 rpm (continuously variable)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLongitudinal feeds:\u003c\/strong\u003e (2) 0.1 \/ 0.2 mm\/revolution\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetric threads:\u003c\/strong\u003e (14) 0.4-3.5 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImperial threads:\u003c\/strong\u003e (12) 8-44 TPI\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital display:\u003c\/strong\u003e Speed indication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.9 kW (S1) \/ 1.35 kW (S6) - 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 112 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Profi 450 S Vario and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Profi 450 S Vario is a professional bench lathe from the Profi medium range, weighing 112 kg, with dimensions of 1,000 × 580 × 500 mm. Distance between centers 450 mm, center height 115 mm, swing over bed Ø 230 mm. Self-centering chuck Ø 125 mm with Ø 20 mm bore, MK3 taper, and Ø 125 mm flange. The Profi 450 S Vario has a distinctive feature: continuous electronic speed regulation with digital rpm display. Dual speed range (100-1100 \/ 200-2200 rpm) selectable via mechanical gearbox for different torque requirements. Practical difference from the Profi 450 S (6-step mechanical gearbox): the Vario version allows for precise tuning of optimal speed for each material (turning stainless steel, aluminum, hard steels requires specific speeds), while the step gearbox has predefined speeds but greater stability under load. Longitudinal feeds 2 steps (0.1 \/ 0.2 mm\/revolution). Metric threads 14 steps (0.4-3.5 mm) and imperial threads 12 steps (8-44 TPI): wide coverage for professional production of threaded parts. 4-position tool post for quick changes between roughing, finishing, threading, and drilling tools. Cross slide with top support for complex machining operations (taper turning, radii). Motor 0.90 kW (S1) - 1.35 kW (S6): higher power than the Profi compact range (0.50-0.60 kW) for more demanding operations. In Krollit customer workshops, the Profi 450 S\/450 S Vario is chosen by craft workshops with regular daily use, professional technical schools, and advanced hobbyists with dedicated workshops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Profi metal lathe range is organized by progressive dimensions and features: Profi 300 V, 400 G, 400 V (compact 60-65 kg, 0.50-0.60 kW motor, electronic variable speed) for advanced hobbyists and small workshops; Profi 450 S and 450 S Vario (medium 112 kg, 0.90 kW motor) for craft workshops with daily use; Profi 550 WQ and 550 WQV (heavy 120 kg, 0.75 kW motor but with separate longitudinal+cross feeds and full threading capabilities) for professional production of complex threaded parts. Below the Profi range is the Hobby range (entry-level 14-130 kg); above is the Goliath range (heavy industrial 1,500-3,500 kg).\n\nThe Profi 450 S Vario differs from the Profi 450 S in: continuous speed regulation (vs 6 mechanical steps), digital rpm indication, an advantage in fine-tuning for specific materials. Disadvantage: possible speed drops under heavy load. For workshops with a variety of materials (different steels, stainless steel, aluminum), the Vario version is preferable; for workshops specializing in high-load operations, the 450 S step version is more stable. For more demanding use with separate feeds and more complete threading, the Profi 550 WQ\/WQV is correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics and Krollit support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). With a weight of 112 kg, a pallet truck or two-three people with care are required for unloading. The machine is supplied WITHOUT a stand: for positioning, a dedicated Bernardo stand or a robust workbench (capacity 200+ kg) is recommended. Spare steel gears, additional self-centering chucks, inserts for 4-position tool post, original Bernardo accessories and spare parts are available from stock with shipping in 3-5 working days. Customer support in Italian is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the Profi 450 S Vario is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdvanced hobbyist with dedicated workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e112 kg machine with 0.90 kW motor: professional features for daily use in a dedicated workshop. Superior robustness and capacity compared to the Profi compact range.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCraft workshop with daily use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous speed for variety of materials and fine-tuning, digital rpm indication.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTechnical school \/ professional training laboratory\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional lathe with complete features (threading, feeds, DK11 chuck) for teaching industrial turning. Robustness suitable for intensive use by multiple students.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e production of threaded parts with separate cross feeds (the Profi 550 WQ\/WQV with separate 6+4 step feeds is correctly sized); heavy industrial use with parts over Ø 230 mm (the Goliath range is correctly sized); three-phase 400V power supply (for workshops with three-phase lines, the 400V version of the Hobby 500 or Goliath range is correctly sized); programmed CNC (Profi are manual lathes, not CNC).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMachining capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e450 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCenter height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e115 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 230 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBed width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e135 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMK 3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelf-centering chuck\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 125 mm with flange\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed and feeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100-1,100 \/ 200-2,200 rpm (continuously variable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLongitudinal feeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(2) 0.1 \/ 0.2 mm\/revolution\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eThreading\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetric threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(14) 0.4-3.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eImperial threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(12) 8-44 TPI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTailstock\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock quill travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.9 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.35 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V single-phase \/ 50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDigital indication\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital rpm indication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,000 × 580 × 500 mm (without stand)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e112 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo Profi 450 S Vario lathe complete\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelf-centering chuck Ø 125 mm with flange\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlange Ø 125 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCross slide with top support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpare gears\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4-position tool post\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFixed tailstock center\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle guard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSplash guard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeadscrew cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital speed indication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eShould I choose the Vario version or the standard 450 S?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the use: the standard version (450 S, 6-step mechanical gearbox) is preferable for workshops with intensive use where speed stability under load is important (precision threading, aggressive roughing, machining with carbide tools). The Vario version (continuously variable regulation) is preferable for workshops with a variety of materials where fine-tuning the optimal speed is important.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePractical difference: the mechanical gearbox has 6 predefined speeds, but the set speed remains constant even under heavy load. Continuous regulation allows any speed within the range but may experience speed drops (5-15%) under heavy load. For most craft workshops, the standard 450 S version is sufficient; for laboratories working with exotic materials (titanium, special alloys), the fine-tuning of the Vario is valuable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the 230V single-phase power supply truly sufficient for professional use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the Profi 450 S Vario, yes. The 0.9 kW (S1) - 1.35 kW (S6) motor is sized for continuous use at 230V single-phase. The machine is sized for professional craft workshop use, not for heavy industrial production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended check before installation: electrical line with adequate cross-section (4 mm² cable for 0.90+ kW motor, 2.5 mm² for 0.50-0.80 kW motors), dedicated 16-20A circuit breaker, CEE 16A 230V industrial socket. For workshops with other simultaneous loads (compressors, extractors), check the available power on the meter (minimum 6 kW for simultaneous use). For heavy industrial use, the Goliath range with a 9 kW three-phase 400V motor is correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat parts can I work with the Profi 450 S Vario?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypical parts: cylindrical turning of shafts and cylinders up to Ø 230 mm and length 450 mm between centers, facing, grooving, chamfering and radiusing, metric threads (14) 0.4-3.5 mm and imperial threads (12) 8-44 TPI. Typical materials: mild steels (Fe360, S235), alloy steels (C45, 39NiCrMo3), stainless steels (AISI 304, 316), aluminum and light alloys, brass, bronze, technical plastics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLimitations: maximum Ø over bed 230 mm, spindle bore Ø 20 mm (maximum limit for through-bar work). For larger parts, the higher models in the Profi range or the Goliath range are correctly sized. For occasional hobby use, all Profi models are suitable; for regular production of specific parts, check the capacity of the chosen model.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I need to purchase a separate stand?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, if you want to install the machine in a fixed position in the workshop. The Profi 450 S Vario is supplied WITHOUT a stand: it is typically installed on a dedicated Bernardo stand (purchased separately) or on a robust workbench with a load capacity exceeding 200 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dedicated Bernardo stand for the Profi medium\/heavy range includes: folded steel sheet structure, height adjustment for operator ergonomics, integrated chip tray, possibly tool drawers. For daily professional use, the dedicated stand is recommended for greater stability during machining and for ergonomics.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the machine already complete or are additional accessories needed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine comes with standard equipment sufficient for immediate use: Ø 125 mm self-centering chuck with flange, 4-position tool post, fixed tailstock center, spare steel gears, spindle guard, splash guard and leadscrew cover, tool kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOptional accessories typically purchased separately: self-centering chucks of different diameters, steady rests for long parts, 4-jaw chuck for non-cylindrical parts, sets of additional turning tools (HSS, carbide), collets for MK3\/MT4 spindle. For most standard operations, the basic equipment is sufficient; for specific productions, evaluate dedicated accessories. All original Bernardo accessories are available from Krollit with shipping in 3-5 working days.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696392180040,"sku":"03-1046","price":1903.26,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Tornio-metallo-32.jpg?v=1750086767"},{"product_id":"bernardo-tornio-per-metallo-profi-550-wq-230-v","title":"Bernardo Profi 550 WQ metal lathe – 550 mm distance between centers, 250 mm swing over bed, 26 mm spindle bore MT 4 taper, 0.75 kW 230V single-phase motor, 120 kg weight","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Profi 550 WQ bench lathe is sized for professional workshops, craft workshops, and advanced hobbyists with requirements for machining medium to large workpieces, advanced threading, and separate cross feeds. Distance between centers 550 mm, center height 125 mm, swing over bed Ø 250 mm, spindle bore Ø 26 mm MT 4 taper, self-centering chuck DK11 Ø 125 mm with flange, speed range (6) 125-2,000 rpm (mechanical gearbox). Longitudinal feeds (6) 0.06-0.32 mm\/rev, cross feeds (4) 0.03-0.075 mm\/rev. Metric threads (18) 0.2-3.5 mm, imperial threads (21) 8-56 TPI. Tailstock quill travel 70 mm MT 2 taper. Motor 0.75 kW (S1) - 1.0 kW (S6) at 230V single-phase, weight 120 kg, machine dimensions 1,210 × 610 × 450 mm (without stand). Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 550 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCenter height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 125 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwing over bed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 250 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle bore:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 26 mm MT 4 taper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelf-centering chuck:\u003c\/strong\u003e DK11 Ø 125 mm with flange\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpeed range:\u003c\/strong\u003e (6) 125-2,000 rpm (mechanical gearbox)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLongitudinal feeds:\u003c\/strong\u003e (6) 0.06-0.32 mm\/rev\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCross feeds:\u003c\/strong\u003e (4) 0.03-0.075 mm\/rev\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetric threads:\u003c\/strong\u003e (18) 0.2-3.5 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImperial threads:\u003c\/strong\u003e (21) 8-56 TPI\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.75 kW (S1) \/ 1.0 kW (S6) - 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 120 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Profi 550 WQ and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Profi 550 WQ is the top lathe in the Profi range: weight 120 kg, dimensions 1,210 × 610 × 450 mm. Distance between centers 550 mm (the widest in the Profi range), center height 125 mm, swing over bed Ø 250 mm. Self-centering chuck DK11 Ø 125 mm with Ø 26 mm bore MT4 taper (larger bore than the Profi medium range which has Ø 20 mm MK3). The Ø 26 mm bore allows machining of through bars of larger diameters, a crucial feature for bar stock production. The Profi 550 WQ has a 6-speed step transmission (125-2000 rpm). Difference from the Profi 550 WQV (continuous speed): mechanical gearbox for stability under load vs. continuous adjustment for fine tuning precision. A distinctive feature of the 550 W range: separate longitudinal feeds (6 steps 0.06-0.32 mm\/rev) and cross feeds (4 steps 0.03-0.075 mm\/rev). This allows choosing different feeds for the two turning directions, a crucial feature for complex roughing + finishing cycles. Metric threads 18 steps (0.2-3.5 mm) and imperial threads 21 steps (8-56 TPI): the widest coverage in the Profi range. Dedicated threading dial for quick setup of standard threads. Motor 0.75 kW (S1) - 1.0 kW (S6): less powerful than the Profi 450 but with superior feeds and threading (the 550 range is sized for the production of more complex parts requiring multiple operations, not for aggressive roughing). In Krollit customer workshops, the Profi 550 W range is chosen by professional craft workshops with regular production of complex threaded parts, prototyping laboratories, and advanced technical vocational schools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Profi metal lathe range is organized by progressive size and features: Profi 300 V, 400 G, 400 V (compact 60-65 kg, 0.50-0.60 kW motor, electronic variable speed) for advanced hobbyists and small workshops; Profi 450 S and 450 S Vario (medium 112 kg, 0.90 kW motor) for craft workshops with daily use; Profi 550 WQ and 550 WQV (heavy 120 kg, 0.75 kW motor but with separate longitudinal + cross feeds and full threading) for professional production of complex threaded parts. Below the Profi range is the Hobby range (entry-level 14-130 kg); above is the Goliath range (heavy industrial 1,500-3,500 kg).\n\nThe Profi 550 WQ is the professional mechanical gearbox model in the heavy Profi range: 6 step speeds for stability under load, separate longitudinal + cross feeds, full threading (18 metric + 21 imperial). Difference from the 550 WQV (continuous): WQ for stability in high-load machining, WQV for fine tuning. For heavy industrial use, the Goliath range is correctly sized. For less intensive use, the Profi 450 S is correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). With a weight of 120 kg, it requires a pallet truck or two to three people with care for unloading. The machine is supplied WITHOUT a stand: for positioning, a dedicated Bernardo stand or a sturdy workbench (capacity 200+ kg) is recommended. Spare steel gears, additional self-centering chucks, inserts for 4-position tool post, original Bernardo accessories and spare parts available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Profi 550 WQ for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional craft workshop with production of complex threaded parts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetric threads 18 steps (0.2-3.5 mm) + imperial threads 21 steps (8-56 TPI): the widest coverage in the Profi range. Separate longitudinal feeds (6 steps) and cross feeds (4 steps) for complex cycles.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMechanical prototyping laboratory\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore Ø 26 mm MT4 taper for bar stock. Dedicated threading dial for quick setup. Mechanical gearbox for stability under load.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdvanced hobbyist with advanced threading requirements\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOver-spec'd machine for occasional standard hobby use. For simpler requirements, the Profi 300 V\/400 G\/400 V\/450 S models are significantly cheaper.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e heavy industrial use with parts over Ø 250 mm (the Goliath range is correctly sized); occasional simple hobby use (over-spec'd; the Profi compact 60-65 kg range is significantly cheaper); three-phase 400V power supply (for workshops with a three-phase line, the 400V version of the Hobby 500 or Goliath range is correctly sized); programmed CNC (Profi are manual lathes, not CNC).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e550 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCenter height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBed width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e135 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 26 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelf-centering chuck\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDK11 Ø 125 mm with flange\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeeds and feeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(6) 125-2,000 rpm (mechanical gearbox)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLongitudinal feeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(6) 0.06-0.32 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCross feeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(4) 0.03-0.075 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eThreads\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetric threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(18) 0.2-3.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eImperial threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(21) 8-56 TPI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTailstock\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock quill travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.75 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.0 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V single-phase \/ 50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,210 × 610 × 450 mm (without stand)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo Profi 550 WQ lathe complete\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelf-centering chuck DK11 Ø 125 mm with flange\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlange Ø 125 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCross slide with top support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpare gears\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4-position tool post\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFixed tailstock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThreading dial\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle guard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSplash guard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeadscrew cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the advantage of separate longitudinal and cross feeds?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt allows choosing different feeds for the two turning directions: longitudinal feed (carriage moving parallel to the workpiece axis) and cross feed (carriage moving perpendicular). This is a crucial feature for machining cycles that require fast roughing in one direction and slow finishing in the other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePractical example: turning a shaft with longitudinal roughing (feed 0.2-0.32 mm\/rev for fast material removal) followed by cross finishing of a shoulder (feed 0.03-0.05 mm\/rev for precise surface finishing of the side). Without separate feeds, the operator would have to change gears between the two operations, slowing down the cycle. With separate feeds, the change is automatic via a selection lever.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the 230V single-phase power supply truly sufficient for professional use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the Profi 550 WQ, yes. The 0.75 kW (S1) - 1.0 kW (S6) motor is sized for continuous use at 230V single-phase. The machine is sized for professional artisanal laboratory use, not for heavy industrial production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended check before installation: power line with adequate cross-section (4 mm² cable for 0.90+ kW motor, 2.5 mm² for 0.50-0.80 kW motors), dedicated 16-20A circuit breaker, industrial CEE 16A 230V socket. For workshops with other simultaneous loads (compressors, extractors), check the available power on the meter (minimum 6 kW for simultaneous use). For heavy industrial use, the Goliath range with a 9 kW three-phase 400V motor is correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat parts can I machine with the Profi 550 WQ?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypical parts: cylindrical turning of shafts and cylinders up to Ø 250 mm and length 550 mm between centers, facing, grooving, chamfering and filleting, metric threads (18) 0.2-3.5 mm and imperial threads (21) 8-56 TPI. Typical materials: mild steels (Fe360, S235), alloy steels (C45, 39NiCrMo3), stainless steels (AISI 304, 316), aluminum and light alloys, brass, bronze, technical plastics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLimits: maximum Ø over bed 250 mm, spindle bore Ø 26 mm (maximum limit for through bars). For larger parts, the higher models in the Profi range or the Goliath range are correctly sized. For standard occasional hobby use, all Profi models are suitable; for regular production with specific parts, check the capacity of the chosen model.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I need to purchase a separate stand?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, if you want to install the machine in a fixed position in the workshop. The Profi 550 WQ is supplied WITHOUT a stand: it is typically installed on a dedicated Bernardo stand (purchased separately) or on a robust workbench with a load capacity exceeding 200 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dedicated Bernardo stand for the Profi medium\/heavy range includes: folded steel sheet structure, height adjustment for operator ergonomics, integrated chip tray, and optionally tool drawers. For daily professional use, the dedicated stand is recommended for greater stability during machining and for ergonomics.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the machine already complete or do I need additional accessories?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine is supplied with standard equipment sufficient for immediate use: self-centering chuck DK11 Ø 125 mm with flange, 4-position tool post, fixed tailstock, spare steel gears, spindle guard, splash guard and leadscrew cover, tool kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOptional accessories typically purchased separately: self-centering chucks of different diameters, steady rests for long workpieces, 4-jaw chuck for non-cylindrical parts, additional turning tool sets (HSS, carbide), collets for MK3\/MT4 spindle. For most standard machining operations, the basic equipment is sufficient; for specific productions, evaluate dedicated accessories. All original Bernardo accessories are available from Krollit with 3-5 business day shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696397947208,"sku":"03-1130","price":2318.07,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Tornio_da_banco_Profi_550_WQ.jpg?v=1752161905"},{"product_id":"bernardo-tornio-per-metallo-profi-550-wqv-230v","title":"Metal Lathe Bernardo Profi 550 WQV – center distance 550 mm, Ø 250 mm swing over bed, spindle bore Ø 26 mm taper MT 4, motor 0.75 kW 230V single-phase, digital speed display, weight 120 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Profi 550 WQV bench lathe is sized for professional laboratories, craft workshops, and advanced hobbyists with requirements for machining medium-to-large parts, advanced threading, and separate cross feeds. Distance between centers 550 mm, center height 125 mm, swing over bed Ø 250 mm, spindle bore Ø 26 mm MT 4 taper, self-centering chuck DK11 Ø 125 mm with flange, speed range 50-1,000 \/ 100-2,000 rpm (continuous adjustment). Longitudinal feeds (6) 0.06-0.32 mm\/rev, cross feeds (4) 0.03-0.075 mm\/rev. Metric threads (18) 0.2-3.5 mm, imperial threads (21) 8-56 TPI. Tailstock quill travel 70 mm MT 2 taper. Motor 0.75 kW (S1) - 1.0 kW (S6) at 230V single-phase, weight 120 kg, machine dimensions 1,210 × 610 × 450 mm (without stand). Distributed in Italy by Krollit as official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 550 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCenter height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 125 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwing over bed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 250 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle bore:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 26 mm MT 4 taper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelf-centering chuck:\u003c\/strong\u003e DK11 Ø 125 mm with flange\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpeed range:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50-1,000 \/ 100-2,000 rpm (continuous adjustment)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLongitudinal feeds:\u003c\/strong\u003e (6) 0.06-0.32 mm\/rev\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCross feeds:\u003c\/strong\u003e (4) 0.03-0.075 mm\/rev\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetric threads:\u003c\/strong\u003e (18) 0.2-3.5 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImperial threads:\u003c\/strong\u003e (21) 8-56 TPI\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital display:\u003c\/strong\u003e Speed indication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.75 kW (S1) \/ 1.0 kW (S6) - 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 120 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Profi 550 WQV and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Profi 550 WQV is the top lathe in the Profi range: weight 120 kg, dimensions 1,210 × 610 × 450 mm. Distance between centers 550 mm (the widest in the Profi range), center height 125 mm, swing over bed Ø 250 mm. Self-centering chuck DK11 Ø 125 mm with Ø 26 mm spindle bore MT4 taper (larger bore than the Profi medium range which has Ø 20 mm MK3). The Ø 26 mm bore allows machining of larger diameter through-bars, a crucial feature for bar stock production. The Profi 550 WQV has a distinctive feature: continuous electronic speed adjustment with digital indication. Dual range (50-1000 \/ 100-2000 rpm) selectable via mechanical gearbox. Difference from the Profi 550 WQ (6-step mechanical gearbox): the WQV allows fine speed adjustment optimal for any material, while the WQ has greater stability under load. A distinctive feature of the 550 W range: separate longitudinal feeds (6 steps 0.06-0.32 mm\/rev) and cross feeds (4 steps 0.03-0.075 mm\/rev). This allows choosing different feeds for the two turning directions, a crucial feature for complex roughing + finishing cycles. Metric threads 18 steps (0.2-3.5 mm) and imperial threads 21 steps (8-56 TPI): the widest coverage in the Profi range. Dedicated threading dial for quick setup of standard threads. Motor 0.75 kW (S1) - 1.0 kW (S6): less powerful than the Profi 450 but with superior feeds and threading (the 550 range is sized for the production of more complex parts requiring multiple operations, not aggressive roughing). In Krollit customer laboratories, the Profi 550 W range is chosen by professional craft workshops with regular production of complex threaded parts, prototyping labs, and advanced vocational technical schools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Profi metal lathe range is organized by progressive size and features: Profi 300 V, 400 G, 400 V (compact 60-65 kg, 0.50-0.60 kW motor, electronic variable speed) for advanced hobbyists and small workshops; Profi 450 S and 450 S Vario (medium 112 kg, 0.90 kW motor) for craft workshops with daily use; Profi 550 WQ and 550 WQV (heavy 120 kg, 0.75 kW motor but with separate longitudinal + cross feeds and complete threading) for professional production of complex threaded parts. Below the Profi range is the Hobby range (entry-level 14-130 kg); above it is the Goliath range (heavy industrial 1,500-3,500 kg). \n\nThe Profi 550 WQV is the top of the Profi range with continuous speed: the dimensions and features of the 550 WQ but with fine speed adjustment. Difference from the 550 WQ (mechanical gearbox): WQV for variety of materials and fine tuning, WQ for stability under load. For heavy industrial use (over 250 mm swing over bed or very heavy parts), the Goliath range is correctly sized. For less intensive use with medium-sized parts (Ø 230 mm), the Profi 450 S\/450 S Vario is correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to Southern Italy). With a weight of 120 kg, it requires a pallet jack or two to three people for careful unloading. The machine is supplied WITHOUT a stand: for positioning, a dedicated Bernardo stand or a robust workbench (capacity 200+ kg) is recommended. Spare steel gears, additional self-centering chucks, inserts for 4-way tool post, original Bernardo accessories and spare parts available from stock with 3-5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Profi 550 WQV for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional craft workshop with production of complex threaded parts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetric threads 18 steps (0.2-3.5 mm) + imperial threads 21 steps (8-56 TPI): the widest coverage in the Profi range. Separate longitudinal (6 steps) and cross (4 steps) feeds for complex cycles.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMechanical prototyping lab\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore Ø 26 mm MT4 taper for bar stock parts. Dedicated threading dial for quick setup. Continuous adjustment for fine tuning on specific materials.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdvanced hobbyist with advanced threading needs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine oversized for occasional standard hobby use. For simpler needs, the Profi 300 V\/400 G\/400 V\/450 S models are significantly cheaper.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e heavy industrial use with parts over Ø 250 mm (the Goliath range is correctly sized); simple occasional hobby use (oversized; the compact Profi range 60-65 kg is significantly cheaper); three-phase 400V power supply (for workshops with three-phase lines, the 400V version of the Hobby 500 or Goliath range is correctly sized); programmed CNC (Profi lathes are manual, not CNC).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMachining capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e550 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCenter height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBed width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e135 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 26 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelf-centering chuck\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDK11 Ø 125 mm with flange\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed and feeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50-1,000 \/ 100-2,000 rpm (continuous adjustment)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLongitudinal feeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(6) 0.06-0.32 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCross feeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(4) 0.03-0.075 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eThreads\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetric threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(18) 0.2-3.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eImperial threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(21) 8-56 TPI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTailstock\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock quill travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.75 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.0 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V single-phase \/ 50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDigital indication\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital rpm indication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,210 × 610 × 450 mm (without stand)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo Profi 550 WQV lathe complete\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelf-centering chuck DK11 Ø 125 mm with flange\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlange Ø 125 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCross slide with top support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpare gears\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4-way tool post\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFixed tailstock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThreading dial\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle guard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSplash guard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeadscrew cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital speed indication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the advantage of separate longitudinal and cross feeds?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt allows choosing different feeds for the two turning directions: longitudinal feed (carriage moving parallel to the workpiece axis) and cross feed (carriage moving perpendicular). This is a crucial feature for machining cycles that require fast roughing in one direction and slow finishing in the other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePractical example: turning a shaft with longitudinal roughing (0.2-0.32 mm\/rev feed for fast material removal) followed by cross finishing of a shoulder (0.03-0.05 mm\/rev feed for precise lateral surface finishing). Without separate feeds, the operator would have to change gears between the two operations, slowing down the cycle. With separate feeds, the change is automatic via a selection lever.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the 230V single-phase power supply really sufficient for professional use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the Profi 550 WQV, yes. The 0.75 kW (S1) - 1.0 kW (S6) motor is sized for continuous use at 230V single-phase. The machine is sized for professional craft workshop use, not for heavy industrial production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended check before installation: electrical line with adequate cross-section (4 mm² cable for 0.90+ kW motor, 2.5 mm² for 0.50-0.80 kW motors), dedicated 16-20A circuit breaker, CEE 16A 230V industrial socket. For workshops with other simultaneous loads (compressors, extractors), check the available power on the meter (minimum 6 kW for simultaneous use). For heavy industrial use, the Goliath range with a 9 kW three-phase 400V motor is correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat parts can I machine with the Profi 550 WQV?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypical parts: cylindrical turning of shafts and cylinders up to Ø 250 mm and length 550 mm between centers, facing, grooving, chamfering and radiusing, metric threads (18) 0.2-3.5 mm and imperial threads (21) 8-56 TPI. Typical materials: mild steels (Fe360, S235), alloy steels (C45, 39NiCrMo3), stainless steels (AISI 304, 316), aluminum and light alloys, brass, bronze, engineering plastics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLimits: maximum Ø over bed 250 mm, spindle bore Ø 26 mm (maximum limit for through-bars). For larger parts, the higher models in the Profi range or the Goliath range are correctly sized. For occasional standard hobby use, all Profi models are suitable; for regular production with specific parts, check the capacity of the chosen model.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo I need to purchase a separate stand?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, if you want to install the machine in a fixed position in the workshop. The Profi 550 WQV is supplied WITHOUT a stand: it is typically installed on a dedicated Bernardo stand (purchased separately) or on a robust workbench with a load capacity exceeding 200 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dedicated Bernardo stand for the Profi medium\/heavy range includes: folded steel sheet structure, height adjustment for operator ergonomics, integrated chip tray, and optionally tool drawers. For daily professional use, the dedicated stand is recommended for greater stability during machining and for ergonomics.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the machine already complete or do I need additional accessories?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine comes with standard equipment sufficient for immediate use: self-centering chuck DK11 Ø 125 mm with flange, 4-way tool post, fixed tailstock, spare steel gears, spindle guard, splash guard and leadscrew cover, tool kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOptional accessories typically purchased separately: self-centering chucks of different diameters, steady rests for long parts, 4-jaw chuck for non-cylindrical parts, additional turning tool sets (HSS, carbide), collets for MK3\/MT4 spindle. For most standard operations, the basic equipment is sufficient; for specific productions, evaluate dedicated accessories. All original Bernardo accessories are available from Krollit with 3-5 business days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696404205896,"sku":"03-1140","price":2610.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Tornio_da_banco_Profi_550_WQV.jpg?v=1752160910"},{"product_id":"torni-industriali-bernardo-goliath-660-1500","title":"Industrial lathe Bernardo Goliath 660 x 1,500 with 3-axis DRO ES-12 V - distance between centers 1500 mm, Ø 660 mm over bed, spindle bore Ø 105 mm D1-8, 9 kW motor with CE magnetic brake, weight 3,630 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Goliath 660 × 1,500 industrial lathe is a heavy machine with a 3-axis DRO ES-12 V included as standard. It is sized for mechanical construction, the production of large parts, and demanding single operations. Distance between centers 1500 mm, center height 330 mm, swing over bed Ø 660 mm (Ø 870 mm with gap bed removed). Spindle bore Ø 105 mm with D1-8 mounting according to DIN 55029. 16-speed transmission (36-1,600 rpm), 65 longitudinal feeds (0.063-2.52 mm\/rev) and 65 cross feeds. Metric threads 22 steps (1-14 mm) and imperial threads 26 steps (2-28 TPI). Tailstock quill Ø 75 mm with 150 mm travel MT 5 taper. Main motor 9.0 kW (12 HP) with CE magnetic brake. Monobloc cast iron bed for stability under load. Weight 3,630 kg, dimensions 3,000 × 1,280 × 1,650 mm. Suitable for industrial mechanical construction workshops, maintenance of large components, single processing of heavy parts. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1500 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCenter height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 330 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwing over bed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 660 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwing with gap removed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 870 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle bore:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 105 mm with D1-8 mount (DIN 55029)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpeed range:\u003c\/strong\u003e (16) 36-1,600 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLongitudinal feeds:\u003c\/strong\u003e (65) 0.063-2.52 mm\/rev\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetric threads:\u003c\/strong\u003e (22) 1-14 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImperial threads:\u003c\/strong\u003e (26) 2-28 TPI\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDRO included:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-axis digital display ES-12 V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMain motor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9.0 kW (12 HP) with CE magnetic brake\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3,630 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Goliath 660 × 1,500 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Goliath 660 × 1,500 is a heavy-duty industrial lathe for mechanical construction and large part production. Structural feature: monobloc cast iron bed that eliminates torsion and vibrations even during heavy-duty operations. The swing over bed of Ø 660 mm (Ø 870 mm with gap bed removed) allows the machining of parts typical of heavy industry: large diameter drive shafts, hubs, flanges, hydraulic cylinders, rolling mill rolls, industrial machinery parts. The Ø 105 mm spindle bore with D1-8 mount (DIN 55029 standard) allows machining of bar stock with direct pass-through up to that diameter: a key feature for bar stock production. The 16-speed transmission from 36 to 1,600 rpm covers all needs: low rotation (36 rpm) for rough threading on large parts, standard rotation (100-400 rpm) for turning hard steels, high rotation (1,600 rpm) for finishing soft materials. The 65 longitudinal and 65 cross feeds allow optimal adaptation to any material and finish. The 3-axis digital display ES-12 V (included as standard) replaces manual vernier readings with a resolution of 0.005 mm. The 9 kW (12 HP) motor with CE magnetic brake allows rapid stopping for operator safety. In Krollit customer workshops, the Goliath 660 × 1,500 is chosen by industrial mechanical construction workshops, maintenance of components for heavy industries (cement factories, paper mills, steelworks), production of large single pieces, and repair of industrial shafts and cylinders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Goliath industrial lathe range is sized for mechanical construction and heavy production: Goliath 510 × 1,000 (compact model), Goliath 660 × 1,500 (standard model), Goliath 800 × 2,500 (large model), Goliath 1,000 × 3,000 (extra-large model). All models share industrial characteristics: monobloc cast iron bed, large thru-hole spindle (Ø 80-160 mm), multi-speed transmission with mechanical gearbox, fixed + traveling steady rests included, CE magnetic brake, 3-axis DRO ES-12 V. The Goliath 660 × 1,500 is the most requested model in the range: a central size that balances capacity (Ø 660 mm over bed, 1,500 mm distance between centers) and footprint (3,000 × 1,280 × 1,650 mm). For smaller parts (Ø below 510 mm), the Goliath 510 × 1,000 is significantly more economical; for very large parts (over Ø 800 mm), the 800 × 2,500 or 1,000 × 3,000 models are correctly sized. For professional but not heavy industrial workshops, the Bernardo Profi range (200-500 kg) is significantly more economical and suitable for standard daily use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). With a weight of 3,630 kg and dimensions of 3,000 × 1,280 × 1,650 mm, the machine requires a crane or overhead crane for unloading and handling. Please verify in advance: workshop floor load capacity (minimum 2,000 kg\/m²), laboratory access for dimensions 3,000 × 1,280 × 1,650 mm, three-phase 400V power supply with adequate cross-section (minimum 25A). Blades, inserts for 40-position tool post, additional steady rests, D1-8 spindle spare parts, original Bernardo accessories and spare parts available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Goliath 660 × 1,500 for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist \/ small workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial lathe weighing 3,630 kg with a 9 kW motor: sized for heavy industrial use. For hobby use, the Hobby range (14-130 kg) is correctly sized.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial mechanical construction workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMonobloc cast iron bed, 16 speeds 36-1,600 rpm, 65 feeds, ES-12 V DRO included, 9 kW motor with CE magnetic brake. Sized for large parts production (Ø up to 660 mm over bed, 870 mm with gap bed removed).\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial maintenance (cement factories, paper mills, steelworks)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachining capacity for industrial shafts and cylinders up to Ø 660 mm and 1,500 mm length between centers. Fixed steady rest (Ø 250 mm) and traveling steady rest (Ø 110 mm) included for supporting long workpieces during turning.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e hobby use or small workshops (oversized; Hobby range 14-130 kg correctly sized); workshops without adequate flooring for 3,630 kg of distributed load over the machine area; environments without a dedicated industrial three-phase 400V line (minimum 25A); machining small parts (under Ø 100 mm) where the 9 kW motor is excessively powerful and setup times are not justified; applications requiring programmed CNC (the Goliath is a manual lathe with DRO, not CNC).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMachining capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCenter height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e330 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 660 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing with gap removed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 870 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over cross slide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 420 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBed width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and speeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 105 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle nose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN 55029, D1-8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(16) 36 - 1,600 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFeeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLongitudinal feeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(65) 0.063 - 2.52 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCross feeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(65) 0.027 - 1.07 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eThreads\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetric threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(22) 1 - 14 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eImperial threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(26) 2 - 28 TPI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTailstock\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock quill diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock quill travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMain motor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9.0 kW (12 HP)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrake\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE Magnetic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V three-phase \/ 50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDigital readout\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDRO model\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eES-12 V 3-axis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInclusion\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard in supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3,000 × 1,280 × 1,650 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3,630 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo Goliath 660 × 1,500 industrial lathe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelf-centering chuck PS3 Ø 315 mm with D8 mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFaceplate Ø 630 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-axis digital display ES-12 V with LCD screen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFixed steady rest (passage up to Ø 250 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTraveling steady rest (passage up to Ø 110 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40-position tool post with a set of 4 inserts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated cooling device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCE foot brake with magnetic brake motor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFixed center + live center\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool post guard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMorse reduction sleeve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChip guard and chip tray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLED work light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool set and initial lubricant (Shell Tellus 46)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the machine require a special floor?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Goliath 660 × 1,500, with a weight of 3,630 kg, requires an industrial floor with a minimum load capacity of 2,000 kg\/m². For workshops with standard flooring (1,000-1,500 kg\/m²), it is recommended to reinforce with a load distribution plate (10-15 mm thick steel plate larger than the machine's base).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor environments with unsuitable flooring (e.g., workshops in older or non-originally industrial buildings), it is essential to verify the structural load capacity of the slab: a 3,630 kg machine in a concentrated area can cause floor damage or structural failure. For doubtful cases, a structural engineer's inspection is recommended. For environments with limited access (ramps, elevators), machine transport requires specific planning with specialized carriers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the 3-axis DRO ES-12 V included or optional?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIncluded as standard equipment with the Goliath 660 × 1,500. The 3-axis digital display ES-12 V measures the absolute and relative positions of the X (cross slide), Y (top slide), and Z (longitudinal slide) axes with a resolution of 0.005 mm. It replaces manual vernier readings on graduated scales, reducing reading errors and setup times.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard DRO functions: absolute vs. relative position (zeroing for workpiece reference), inches vs. mm, integrated calculator, storage of 100-200 useful points, automatic calculation of complex threads and PCD (pitch circle diameter). For productions with complex machining cycles, the DRO significantly reduces manual positioning times.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat typical parts are machined with this lathe?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLarge industrial parts: large diameter drive shafts (up to Ø 660 mm and 1,500 mm length), hubs and flanges for industrial motors, hydraulic press or machinery cylinders, rolling mill rolls and calenders, parts for cement factories, paper mills, steelworks, and construction of machine tool components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor smaller parts (Ø below 200 mm), the Goliath is excessively oversized: long setup times and disproportionate 9 kW motor. For very large parts (over Ø 800 mm or length over 2,000 mm), the Goliath 800 × 2,500 or 1,000 × 3,000 models are recommended. The Ø 660 mm diameter with the gap bed removed allows parts up to Ø 870 mm: typically large diameter flanges and discs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDo the 16 speeds cover all materials?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The 36-1,600 rpm range covers all typical industrial turning needs: low rotation (36-100 rpm) for rough threading and turning large parts on hard materials, standard rotation (200-800 rpm) for turning mild and medium-hard steels, high rotation (1,000-1,600 rpm) for finishing soft materials (aluminum, brass) and for turning small parts with carbide tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOptimal speed depends on: material (mild steels 80-150 m\/min, hard steels 50-80 m\/min, stainless steel 30-60 m\/min, aluminum 200-400 m\/min), workpiece diameter (linear cutting speed must be constant), type of operation (roughing lower speeds, finishing higher speeds). For regular production, it is recommended to record optimal speeds on a work card for reference.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the fixed and traveling steady rests included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Both are included as standard equipment: fixed steady rest with passage up to Ø 250 mm and traveling steady rest with passage up to Ø 110 mm. The fixed steady rest supports long workpieces during turning (prevents workpiece deflection under load), while the traveling steady rest moves with the carriage for continuous support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor very thin parts (Ø below 30-40 mm) or very long parts (length\/diameter ratio over 10:1), steady rests are essential to prevent deflection and vibrations that compromise finish quality. Additional steady rests of different diameters are available in the Bernardo accessories catalog for specific cases. For long shaft production, simultaneous use of a fixed steady rest (at the middle of the workpiece) and a traveling steady rest (near the tool) is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696451883336,"sku":"03-1355XL1","price":32599.11,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Goliath_660_x_1500_Tornio_parallelo_pesante_per_officina.png?v=1756906982"},{"product_id":"bernardo-tornio-metallo-profi-400-v-230-v","title":"Metal Lathe Bernardo Profi 400 V – distance between centers 400 mm, Ø 200 mm swing over bed, spindle bore Ø 20 mm MT 3 taper, motor 0.6 kW 230V single-phase, digital speed display, weight 65 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Profi 400 V bench lathe is sized for advanced hobbyists, professional model makers, and small craft workshops with needs for precision, complete threading, and digital speed display. Distance between centers 400 mm, center height 100 mm, turning diameter over bed Ø 200 mm, spindle bore Ø 20 mm MT 3 taper, self-centering chuck DK11 Ø 100 mm, speed range 50-1,250 \/ 100-2,500 rpm (continuous adjustment). Longitudinal feeds (3) 0.089-0.198 mm\/rev. Metric threads (14) 0.3-3 mm, inch threads (10) 10-44 TPI. Tailstock quill travel 50 mm MT 2 taper. Motor 0.6 kW (S1) - 0.8 kW (S6) at 230V single-phase, weight 65 kg, machine dimensions 930 × 400 × 380 mm (without stand). Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 400 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCenter height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTurning diameter over bed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 200 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle bore:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 20 mm MT 3 taper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelf-centering chuck:\u003c\/strong\u003e DK11 Ø 100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpeed range:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50-1,250 \/ 100-2,500 rpm (continuous adjustment)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLongitudinal feeds:\u003c\/strong\u003e (3) 0.089-0.198 mm\/rev\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetric threads:\u003c\/strong\u003e (14) 0.3-3 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInch threads:\u003c\/strong\u003e (10) 10-44 TPI\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital display:\u003c\/strong\u003e Speed indication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.6 kW (S1) \/ 0.8 kW (S6) - 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 65 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Profi 400 V and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Profi 400 V is a compact bench lathe from the Profi range (professional entry-level), sized for advanced hobbyists, model makers, and small workshops. Profi 400 V features: 400 mm distance between centers, 65 kg weight, 930 × 400 × 380 mm dimensions. A variant of the Profi 400 G with lower center height (100 mm vs 105 for the 400 G) and spindle bore 20 mm (vs 21 for the 400 G): subtle differences between the two models that meet specific needs for compatibility with existing accessories. DK11 Ø 100 mm MT3 taper chuck, 65 kg weight (5 kg more than the 400 G due to more complete standard equipment). Same continuous electronic variable speed and same 0.60 kW motor as the Profi 400 G. 3-step automatic longitudinal feeds (0.083-0.159 mm\/rev in the 300 V, 0.089-0.198 in the 400 G\/400 V) for finish control. 14-15 step metric threads (0.3-3 mm) and 10-12 step inch threads (10-44 TPI): standard coverage for common threaded part production. Digital speed indicator for precise control of the set rpm. In Krollit customer workshops, compact Profi lathes are chosen by advanced hobbyists who want professional features (threading, feeds, display) in compact bench machines without the need for a dedicated stand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Profi metal lathe range is organized by progressive sizes and features: Profi 300 V, 400 G, 400 V (compact 60-65 kg, 0.50-0.60 kW motor, electronic variable speed) for advanced hobbyists and small workshops; Profi 450 S and 450 S Vario (medium 112 kg, 0.90 kW motor) for craft workshops with daily use; Profi 550 WQ and 550 WQV (heavy 120 kg, 0.75 kW motor but with separate longitudinal+transversal feeds and complete threading) for professional production of complex threaded parts. Below the Profi range is the Hobby range (entry-level 14-130 kg); above is the Goliath range (heavy industrial 1,500-3,500 kg).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Profi 400 V is the professional entry-level of the Profi range: professional features (complete threading, automatic feeds, digital speed display) in a compact bench machine. For continuous professional use with larger parts, the Profi 450 S\/450 S Vario (112 kg) or 550 WQ\/WQV (120 kg) is correctly sized. For heavy industrial production, the Goliath range is correctly sized. The 3 compact models (300 V, 400 G, 400 V) differ in: 300 V is more compact and slightly less powerful, 400 G has a Ø 21 mm spindle bore and 105 mm center height, 400 V has a Ø 20 mm bore and 100 mm center height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). With a weight of 65 kg, it can be moved by one person; the lathe is sized for placement on an existing robust workbench (capacity 100+ kg). Additional self-centering chucks, inserts for 4-way tool posts, spare gears, original Bernardo accessories and spare parts available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Profi 400 V for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdvanced hobbyist \/ professional model maker\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompact 65 kg lathe with professional features: complete metric+inch threading, automatic feeds, digital speed display. 400 mm distance between centers and Ø 200 mm over bed for small-medium parts.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall craft workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDK11 Ø 100 mm chuck with through-hole for using standard accessories (collets, reductions, 4-jaw chucks for special accessories). Continuous electronic variable speed for tuning to different materials.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkshop with regular production and large parts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor intensive use with parts over Ø 200-210 mm on the bed, the Profi 450 S\/Vario (Ø 230 mm) or 550 WQ\/WQV (Ø 250 mm) with a more powerful motor is correctly sized.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e daily professional use with large parts (over Ø 210 mm on the bed; the Profi 450 S\/Vario or 550 WQ\/WQV is correctly sized); workshops without a 230V industrial line with good capacity (0.50-0.60 kW motor requires a suitably sized domestic meter); 400V three-phase power supply (for workshops with a three-phase line, the 400V version of the Hobby 500 or Goliath range is correctly sized); programmed CNC (Profi are manual lathes, not CNC).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCenter height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurning diameter over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelf-centering chuck\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDK11 Ø 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed and feeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50-1,250 \/ 100-2,500 rpm (continuous adjustment)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLongitudinal feeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(3) 0.089-0.198 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eThreads\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetric threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(14) 0.3-3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInch threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(10) 10-44 TPI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTailstock\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock quill travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.6 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.8 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V single-phase \/ 50 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDigital indication\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital rpm indication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e930 × 400 × 380 mm (without stand)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/CE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo Profi 400 V lathe complete\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelf-centering chuck DK11 Ø 100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFour-way tool post\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLive centers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpare gears\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle guard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRear chip wall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChip collection tray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital speed indication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpare wheels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual in Italian\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the Profi 400 V and the Hobby models in the range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe compact Profi models are a step above the Hobby models: professional features (complete metric+inch threading, DK11 Ø 100 mm chuck, digital speed display, 0.50-0.60 kW motor) in a compact bench machine. Hobby models are entry-level with more simplified features (optional threading on basic models, smaller diameter chucks, 0.15-0.55 kW motors).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePractical difference: for occasional hobby use, a Hobby 250\/350 is sufficient; for more intensive use with professional threading requirements, the compact Profi is correctly sized. The medium Profi range (450 S\/Vario) and heavy (550 WQ\/WQV) are sized for daily professional or continuous advanced hobby use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the 230V single-phase power supply truly sufficient for professional use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the Profi 400 V, yes. The 0.6 kW (S1) - 0.8 kW (S6) motor is sized for continuous use with 230V single-phase. The machine is sized for professional craft workshop use, not for heavy industrial production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended check before installation: electrical line with adequate cross-section (4 mm² cable for 0.90+ kW motor, 2.5 mm² for 0.50-0.80 kW motors), dedicated 16-20A circuit breaker, industrial CEE 16A 230V socket. For workshops with other simultaneous loads (compressors, extractors), check the available power on the meter (minimum 6 kW for simultaneous use). For heavy industrial use, the Goliath range with a 9 kW three-phase 400V motor is sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat parts can I work with the Profi 400 V?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypical parts: cylindrical turning of shafts and cylinders up to Ø 200 mm and 400 mm length between centers, facing, grooving, chamfering and filleting, metric threads (14) 0.3-3 mm and inch threads (10) 10-44 TPI. Typical materials: mild steels (Fe360, S235), alloy steels (C45, 39NiCrMo3), stainless steels (AISI 304, 316), aluminum and light alloys, brass, bronze, technical plastics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLimitations: maximum Ø on the bed 200 mm, spindle bore Ø 20 mm (maximum limit for through bars). For larger parts, the higher models in the Profi range or the Goliath range are correctly sized. For standard occasional hobby use, all Profi models are suitable; for regular production with specific parts, check the capacity of the chosen model.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I install the Profi 400 V on any workbench?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, on robust workbenches with a load capacity greater than the machine's weight (65 kg) plus the workpieces. The bench must be stable and level: instability causes vibrations that compromise work precision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor craft workshops, a professional workbench (e.g., WB 2100 Profi from the Bernardo range) with a solid beech wood top, or a dedicated steel sheet stand, is recommended. The machine must be fastened to the bench with through bolts in the provided base holes to prevent sliding during operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the machine already complete or do I need additional accessories?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine comes with standard equipment sufficient for immediate use: DK11 Ø 100 mm self-centering chuck, four-way tool post, fixed tailstock, steel spare gears, spindle guard, chip tray, spare wheels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOptional accessories typically purchased separately: self-centering chucks of different diameters, steady rests for long parts, 4-jaw chuck for non-cylindrical parts, additional turning tool sets (HSS, carbide), MT3\/MT4 collets. For most standard machining operations, the basic equipment is sufficient; for specific productions, consider dedicated accessories. All original Bernardo accessories are available from Krollit with 3-5 business day shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696527839560,"sku":"03-1036","price":1561.65,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Tornio-per-metallo-1.jpg?v=1750087495"},{"product_id":"bernardo-tornio-metallo-hobby-300-vario-230-v","title":"Bernardo Hobby 300 Vario Metal Lathe","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Hobby 300 Vario is a metal lathe for professional use, with a distance between centers of 300 mm, a 0.40 kW motor, and a weight of 37 kg. Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance between centers: 300 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentre height: 90 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwing over bed: 180 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwing over cross slide: 110 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle bore: 20 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle bore taper: MT 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpeed range: 50 – 1100 \/ 120 – 2500 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLongitudinal feed: 0.1 \/ 0.2 mm\/rev\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Hobby 300 Vario and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMechanical workshops and artisan turners use the Hobby 300 Vario for cylindrical, conical turning and threading operations on steels and alloys. The machine supports the production of spare parts, shafts, bushings, and small batches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Hobby 300 Vario is part of the Bernardo range of metal lathes, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the machine suitable for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the Hobby 300 Vario is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMechanical workshops and artisan turners\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCylindrical, conical turning and threading on steels and alloys\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial maintainers and repair centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachining of spare parts, shafts, bushings, and small production runs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyists and model makers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTo be evaluated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional machine: for occasional domestic use, consider smaller bench models\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e applications outside the technical specifications declared by the manufacturer. For doubts about compatibility, contact Krollit customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 – 1100 \/ 120 – 2500 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCentre height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e820 x 310 x 300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.40 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.55 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over cross slide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLongitudinal feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.1 \/ 0.2 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetric threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9 (0.5 – 2.5 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock quill travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e37 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials can the Hobby 300 Vario work on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMild steels, alloy steels, cast iron, brass, and aluminum within the feed limits indicated in the technical specifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor hardened or high-strength alloy steels, it is recommended to reduce cutting speed and depth of cut. The machine is sized for general mechanical production; for special alloys, check the compatibility of the spindle and tailstock Morse taper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is included in the standard equipment?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe equipment includes a self-centering chuck, tailstock, steady rest, threading accessories, and a set of wrenches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the exact list of accessories and spare parts supplied, consult the manufacturer's technical data sheet. Krollit provides support for original Bernardo spare parts with delivery times of 3-5 working days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of power supply does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee the voltage data in the technical table. Compact bench machines are often 230 V single-phase, professional models 400 V three-phase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor 400 V three-phase models, an industrial power line is required. Check for adequate power supply in the workshop before purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the machine suitable for series production?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the model class: professional Bernardo lathes handle continuous cycles, while bench models are suitable for medium use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfi and Apollo models are designed for intensive multi-shift use; the Hobby and Goliath series for occasional use or small workshops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does it weigh and what installation does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe weight varies significantly by model: see the \"Weight\" entry in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachines over 500 kg require industrial flooring and fixing with anchor bolts. Bench models up to 100 kg are installed on a robust workbench with an adequately sized top.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50697711976776,"sku":"03-1024","price":963.84,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Hobby_300_Vario_Tornio_compatto_da_banco.png?v=1756904343"},{"product_id":"bernardo-tornio-metallo-hobby-350-vario-230-v","title":"Bernardo Hobby 350 Vario Compact Metal Lathe 230 V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Hobby 350 Vario compact 230 V is a metal lathe for professional use, with a distance between centers of 350 mm, a 0.50 kW motor, and a weight of 52 kg. Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance between centers: 350 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCenter height: 90 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwing over bed: 180 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwing over cross slide: 110 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle bore: 20 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle bore taper: MT 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpeed range: 50 – 1100 \/ 120 – 2500 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLongitudinal feed: 0.1 \/ 0.2 mm\/rev\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Hobby 350 Vario compact 230 V and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMechanical workshops and artisan turners use the Hobby 350 Vario compact 230 V for cylindrical turning, conical turning, and threading on steels and alloys. The machine supports the production of spare parts, shafts, bushings, and small series.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Hobby 350 Vario compact 230 V is part of the Bernardo metal lathe range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for assistance with selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer assistance in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Hobby 350 Vario compact 230 V for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMechanical workshops and artisan turners\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCylindrical turning, conical turning and threading on steels and alloys\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial maintenance and repair centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachining of spare parts, shafts, bushings and small production runs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyists and model making\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTo be evaluated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional machine: for occasional home use, consider smaller bench models\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e applications outside the technical specifications declared by the manufacturer. For doubts about compatibility, contact Krollit customer service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e350 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 – 1100 \/ 120 – 2500 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCenter height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e880 x 330 x 300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.50 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.70 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over cross slide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLongitudinal feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.1 \/ 0.2 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetric threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9 (0.5 – 2.5 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock quill travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e52 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials can the Hobby 350 Vario compact 230 V work on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMild steels, alloy steels, cast iron, brass, and aluminum within the cutting limits indicated in the technical specifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor hardened or high-strength alloy steels, it is advisable to reduce cutting speed and depth of cut. The machine is dimensioned for general mechanical production; for special alloys, check the compatibility of the spindle and tailstock Morse taper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is included in the standard equipment?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe equipment includes a self-centering chuck, tailstock, steady rest, threading accessories, and a set of wrenches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the exact list of accessories and spare parts supplied, consult the manufacturer's technical sheet. Krollit provides support for original Bernardo spare parts with delivery times of 3-5 working days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of power supply does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee the voltage data in the technical table. Compact bench machines are often 230 V single-phase, professional models 400 V three-phase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor 400 V three-phase models, an industrial power line is required. Verify the presence of adequate power supply in the workshop before purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the machine suitable for series production?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the model class: Bernardo professional lathes handle continuous cycles, bench models are suitable for medium use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfi and Apollo models are designed for intensive multi-shift use; Hobby and Goliath series for occasional use or small workshops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does it weigh and what installation does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWeight varies significantly by model: see \"Weight\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachines over 500 kg require industrial flooring and fixing with anchors. Bench models up to 100 kg are installed on a sturdy workbench with an adequately sized top.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50697715220808,"sku":"03-10240","price":1024.84,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/ernardo_Hobby_350_Vario_Tornio_compatto_da_banco_per_hobbisti.png?v=1756903380"},{"product_id":"torni-da-banco-bernardo-hobby-350-vario","title":"Bernardo Hobby 350 Vario metal lathe with 2-axis DRO DT","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Hobby 350 Vario with 2-axis DT DRO is a metal lathe for professional use, with a distance between centers of 350 mm, a 0.50 kW motor, and a weight of 52 kg. Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance between centers: 350 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCenter height: 90 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwing over bed: 180 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwing over cross slide: 110 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle bore: 20 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle taper: MT 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpeed range: 50 – 1100 \/ 120 – 2500 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLongitudinal feed: 0.1 \/ 0.2 mm\/revolution\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Hobby 350 Vario with 2-axis DT DRO and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMechanical workshops and artisan turners use the Hobby 350 Vario with 2-axis DT DRO for cylindrical, conical, and thread turning operations on steels and alloys. The machine supports the production of spare parts, shafts, bushings, and small series.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Hobby 350 Vario with 2-axis DT DRO is part of Bernardo's range of metal lathes, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Italian-speaking customer support available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Hobby 350 Vario with 2-axis DT DRO for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMechanical workshops and artisan turners\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCylindrical, conical, and thread turning on steels and alloys\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial maintainers and repair centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProcessing of spare parts, shafts, bushings, and small-scale production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyists and model making\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTo be evaluated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional machine: for occasional home use, consider smaller benchtop models\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e applications that exceed the technical specifications declared by the manufacturer. For doubts about compatibility, contact Krollit customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e350 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 – 1100 \/ 120 – 2500 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCenter height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e880 x 330 x 300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.50 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.70 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over cross slide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLongitudinal feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.1 \/ 0.2 mm\/revolution\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetric threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9 (0.5 – 2.5 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock quill travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e52 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials can the Hobby 350 Vario with 2-axis DT DRO work with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMild steels, alloy steels, cast iron, brass, and aluminum within the pass limits indicated in the technical specifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor hardened steels or high-strength alloys, it is advisable to reduce cutting speed and depth of pass. The machine is sized for general mechanical production; for special alloys, verify the compatibility of the spindle and tailstock Morse taper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is included in the standard equipment?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe equipment includes a self-centering chuck, tailstock, steady rest, threading accessories, and a set of wrenches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the exact list of accessories and spare parts provided, consult the manufacturer's technical sheet. Krollit provides support for original Bernardo spare parts with delivery times of 3-5 working days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of power supply does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee the voltage data in the technical table. Compact benchtop machines are often 230 V single-phase, professional models 400 V three-phase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor 400 V three-phase models, an industrial power line is required. Verify the availability of adequate power supply in the workshop before purchasing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the machine suitable for series production?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the model's class: professional Bernardo lathes handle continuous cycles, while benchtop ones are suitable for medium use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfi and Apollo models are designed for intensive multi-shift use; the Hobby and Goliath series for occasional use or small workshops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does it weigh and what installation does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe weight varies significantly by model: see the \"Weight\" entry in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachines over 500 kg require industrial flooring and fixing with anchor bolts. Benchtop models up to 100 kg are installed on a sturdy workbench with an adequately sized top.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50697724821832,"sku":"03-10241","price":1415.25,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Hobby_350_Vario_Tornio_compatto_con_display_digitale_DT_40_a_2_assi.png?v=1756828486"},{"product_id":"bernardo-tornio-metallo-hobby-300-top-230-v","title":"Bernardo Hobby 300 Top Metal Lathe","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Hobby 300 Top is a metal lathe for professional use, with a distance between centers of 300 mm, a 0.45 kW motor, and a weight of 48 kg. Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance between centers: 300 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentre height: 90 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwing over bed: 180 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwing over cross slide: 110 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle bore: 20 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle taper: MT 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpeed range: 50 – 1100 \/ 120 – 2500 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLongitudinal feed: 0.1 \/ 0.2 mm\/rev\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Hobby 300 Top and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMechanical workshops and artisan turners use the Hobby 300 Top for cylindrical, conical turning and threading operations on steels and alloys. The machine supports the production of spare parts, shafts, bushings, and small series.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Hobby 300 Top fits into the Bernardo metal lathe range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian is available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Hobby 300 Top for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMechanical workshops and artisan turners\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCylindrical, conical turning and threading on steels and alloys\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial maintenance technicians and repair centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachining of spare parts, shafts, bushings, and small production runs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyists and model making\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTo be evaluated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional machine: for occasional home use, consider smaller bench models\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e applications that exceed the technical specifications declared by the manufacturer. For doubts about compatibility, contact Krollit customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 – 1100 \/ 120 – 2500 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCentre height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e820 x 310 x 300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.45 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.60 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over cross slide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLongitudinal feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.1 \/ 0.2 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetric threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9 (0.5 – 2.5 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock quill travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials can the Hobby 300 Top work on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMild steels, alloy steels, cast iron, brass, and aluminum within the feed limits indicated in the technical specifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor hardened or high-strength alloy steels, it is advisable to reduce cutting speed and depth of cut. The machine is sized for general mechanical production; for special alloys, check the compatibility of the spindle and tailstock Morse taper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is included in the standard equipment?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe equipment includes a self-centering chuck, tailstock, steady rest, threading accessories, and a set of wrenches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the exact list of accessories and spare parts supplied, consult the manufacturer's technical data sheet. Krollit provides support for original Bernardo spare parts with delivery times of 3-5 working days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of power supply does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee the voltage data in the technical table. Compact bench machines are often 230 V single-phase, professional models 400 V three-phase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor 400 V three-phase models, an industrial power line is required. Verify the presence of adequate power supply in the workshop before purchasing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the machine suitable for series production?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the model class: professional Bernardo lathes handle continuous cycles, while bench models are suitable for medium use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfi and Apollo models are designed for intensive multi-shift use; Hobby and Goliath series for occasional use or small workshops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does it weigh and what installation does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWeight varies significantly by model: see \"Weight\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachines over 500 kg require industrial flooring and fastening with anchors. Bench models up to 100 kg are installed on a sturdy workbench with an adequately sized top.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50697733505352,"sku":"03-10242","price":1171.24,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Hobby_300_Top_Tornio_compatto_con_motore_brushless_e_display_digitale_velocit.png?v=1756826845"},{"product_id":"bernardo-tornio-per-metallo-hobby-350-top-230-v","title":"Bernardo Hobby 350 Top Metal Lathe Compact 230 V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Hobby 350 Top compact 230 V is a metal lathe for professional use, with a distance between centers of 300 mm, a 0.45 kW motor, and a weight of 52 kg. Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance between centers: 300 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCenter height: 90 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwing over bed: 180 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwing over cross slide: 110 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle bore: 20 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle bore taper: MT 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpeed range: 50 – 1100 \/ 120 – 2500 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLongitudinal feed: 0.1 \/ 0.2 mm\/rev\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Hobby 350 Top compact 230 V and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMechanical workshops and artisan turners use the Hobby 350 Top compact 230 V for cylindrical, conical, and threading turning operations on steels and alloys. The machine supports the production of spare parts, shafts, bushings, and small series.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Hobby 350 Top compact 230 V is part of the Bernardo metal lathe range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Italian customer support available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Hobby 350 Top compact 230 V for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMechanical workshops and artisan turners\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCylindrical, conical, and threading turning on steels and alloys\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial maintenance technicians and repair centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProcessing of spare parts, shafts, bushings, and small-scale production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyists and model making\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTo be evaluated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional machine: for occasional home use, consider smaller benchtop models\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e applications outside the technical specifications declared by the manufacturer. For doubts about compatibility, contact Krollit customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and Speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 – 1100 \/ 120 – 2500 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and Dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCenter height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e880 x 320 x 310 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and Power Supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.45 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.60 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over cross slide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLongitudinal feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.1 \/ 0.2 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetric threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9 (0.5 – 2.5 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock quill travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e52 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials can the Hobby 350 Top compact 230 V work on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMild steels, alloy steels, cast iron, brass, and aluminum within the limits of cut specified in the technical specifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor hardened or high-strength alloy steels, it is recommended to reduce cutting speed and depth of cut. The machine is sized for general mechanical production; for special alloys, verify the compatibility of the spindle and tailstock Morse taper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is included in the standard equipment?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe equipment includes a self-centering chuck, tailstock, steady rest, threading accessories, and a set of wrenches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the exact list of accessories and spare parts supplied, consult the manufacturer's technical data sheet. Krollit provides support for original Bernardo spare parts with delivery times of 3-5 working days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of power supply does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee the voltage data in the technical table. Compact benchtop machines are often 230 V single-phase, professional models 400 V three-phase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor 400 V three-phase models, an industrial power line is required. Verify the presence of adequate power supply in the workshop before purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the machine suitable for series production?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the model class: professional Bernardo lathes handle continuous cycles, benchtop models are suitable for medium use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfi and Apollo models are designed for intensive multi-shift use; Hobby and Goliath series for occasional use or small workshops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does it weigh and what installation does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe weight varies significantly by model: see \"Weight\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachines over 500 kg require industrial flooring and fastening with anchors. Benchtop models up to 100 kg are installed on a sturdy bench with an adequately sized top.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50697734422856,"sku":"03-10243","price":1293.25,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/1_6d92c73c-a617-4133-880d-e9b1ebb833d0.png?v=1757080760"},{"product_id":"torni-da-banco-bernardo-hobby-350-top","title":"Bernardo Hobby 350 Top Metal Lathe Compact with 2-axis DRO","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Hobby 350 Top compact with 2-axis DRO is a metal lathe for professional use, with a distance between centers of 300 mm, 0.45 kW motor, and weight of 52 kg. Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance between centers: 300 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCenter height: 90 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwing over bed: 180 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwing over cross slide: 110 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle bore: 20 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle taper: MT 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpeed range: 50 – 1100 \/ 120 – 2500 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLongitudinal feed: 0.1 \/ 0.2 mm\/rev\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Hobby 350 Top compact with 2-axis DRO and what for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMechanical workshops and artisan turners use the Hobby 350 Top compact with 2-axis DRO for cylindrical and conical turning operations and threading on steels and alloys. The machine supports the production of spare parts, shafts, bushings, and small batches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Hobby 350 Top compact with 2-axis DRO is part of Bernardo's range of metal lathes, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for assistance with selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit is an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Hobby 350 Top compact with 2-axis DRO for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMechanical workshops and artisan turners\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCylindrical and conical turning, and threading on steels and alloys\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial maintenance technicians and repair centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachining of spare parts, shafts, bushings, and small-scale production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyists and model making\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTo be evaluated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional machine: for occasional home use, consider smaller bench models\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e applications that go beyond the technical specifications declared by the manufacturer. For doubts about compatibility, contact Krollit customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 – 1100 \/ 120 – 2500 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCenter height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e880 x 320 x 310 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.45 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.60 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over cross slide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLongitudinal feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.1 \/ 0.2 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetric threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9 (0.5 – 2.5 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock quill travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e52 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials can the Hobby 350 Top compact with 2-axis DRO work on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMild steels, alloy steels, cast iron, brass, and aluminum within the limits of cut specified in the technical specifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor hardened or high-strength alloy steels, it is advisable to reduce cutting speed and depth of cut. The machine is sized for general mechanical production; for special alloys, check the compatibility of the spindle and tailstock Morse taper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is included in the standard equipment?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe equipment includes a self-centering chuck, tailstock, steady rest, threading accessories, and a set of wrenches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the exact list of accessories and spare parts supplied, consult the manufacturer's technical sheet. Krollit provides support for original Bernardo spare parts with delivery times of 3-5 working days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of power supply does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee the voltage data in the technical table. Compact bench machines are often 230 V single-phase, professional models 400 V three-phase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor 400 V three-phase models, an industrial power line is required. Verify the availability of adequate power in the workshop before purchasing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the machine suitable for series production?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the model class: professional Bernardo lathes handle continuous cycles, while bench models are suitable for medium use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfi and Apollo models are designed for intensive multi-shift use; Hobby and Goliath series for occasional use or small workshops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does it weigh and what installation does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe weight varies significantly by model: see \"Weight\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachines over 500 kg require industrial flooring and fixing with anchor bolts. Bench models up to 100 kg are installed on a sturdy workbench with an adequately sized top.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50697735831880,"sku":"03-10244","price":1451.04,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Hobby_350_Top_Tornio_da_banco_compatto_con_display_digitale_DT_40.png?v=1756824741"},{"product_id":"centri-lavorazione-bernardo-proficenter-550-wqv","title":"Metal Lathe Bernardo Proficenter 550 WQV","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Proficenter 550 WQV is a metal lathe for professional use, with a distance between centers of 550 mm, a 0.75 kW \/ 230 V motor, and a weight of 165 kg. Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance between centers: 550 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCenter height: 125 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwing over bed: 250 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle bore: 26 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle bore taper: MT 4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpeeds: 50 – 2000 \/ 100 – 2000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLongitudinal feed: (6) 0.07 – 0.40 mm\/rev\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCross feed: (4) 0.03 – 0.075 mm\/rev\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Proficenter 550 WQV and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMechanical workshops and artisan turners use the Proficenter 550 WQV for cylindrical and conical turning and threading operations on steels and alloys. The machine supports the production of spare parts, shafts, bushings, and small series.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Proficenter 550 WQV is part of the Bernardo metal lathe range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Italian-speaking customer support available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Proficenter 550 WQV for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMechanical workshops and artisan turners\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCylindrical and conical turning and threading on steels and alloys\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial maintainers and repair centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachining of spare parts, shafts, bushings, and small production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyists and model making\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTo be evaluated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional machine: for occasional home use, consider smaller benchtop models\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e applications outside the technical specifications declared by the manufacturer. For doubts about compatibility, contact Krollit customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMachining Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel drilling capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFace milling capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnd milling capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and Speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e550 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 – 2000 \/ 100 – 2000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle – column distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 – 2250 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and Dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCenter height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-90° \/ +90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1210 x 610 x 860 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and Power Supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLathe motor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.75 kW \/ 230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLathe motor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.0 kW \/ 230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMilling motor power S1 100%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.50 kW \/ 230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMilling motor power S6 40%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.75 kW \/ 230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLongitudinal feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(6) 0.07 – 0.40 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCross feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(4) 0.03 – 0.075 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetric threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 (0.2 – 3.5 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInch threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21 (8 – 56 TPI)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock quill travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCross slide T-slot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical head adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e195 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e165 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials can the Proficenter 550 WQV work on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMild steels, alloy steels, cast iron, brass, and aluminum within the feed limits indicated in the technical specifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor hardened or high-strength alloy steels, it is recommended to reduce cutting speed and depth of cut. The machine is sized for general mechanical production; for special alloys, check the compatibility of the spindle and tailstock Morse taper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is included in the standard equipment?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe equipment includes a self-centering chuck, tailstock, steady rest, threading accessories, and a set of wrenches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the exact list of accessories and spare parts provided, consult the manufacturer's technical sheet. Krollit provides support for original Bernardo spare parts with delivery times of 3-5 working days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of power supply does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee the voltage data in the technical table. Compact benchtop machines are often 230 V single-phase, professional models are 400 V three-phase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor 400 V three-phase models, an industrial power line is required. Verify the availability of adequate power supply in the workshop before purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the machine suitable for series production?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the model class: professional Bernardo lathes handle continuous cycles, while benchtop models are suitable for medium use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfi and Apollo models are designed for intensive multi-shift use; Hobby and Goliath series for occasional use or small workshops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does it weigh and what installation does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe weight varies significantly by model: see the \"Weight\" entry in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachines over 500 kg require industrial flooring and fastening with anchors. Benchtop models up to 100 kg are installed on a sturdy bench with an adequately sized top.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714265616712,"sku":"03-1242","price":4123.73,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Proficenter_550_WQV_Tornio_combinato_con_DRO_digitale_2_assi_ES-12_V.png?v=1756820134"},{"product_id":"bernardo-tornio-metallo-cnc-ck-320-x-1000","title":"Bernardo CK 320 x 1000 – Long and versatile CNC lathe","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCK 320 x 1000 CNC Lathe with Siemens 808D Advanced\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo CK 320 x 1000\u003c\/strong\u003e CNC lathe is designed for precision machining of large workpieces, while maintaining compactness and stability. With a distance between centers of 1000 mm and a center height of 160 mm, it allows machining of parts up to Ø 320 mm. The spindle with a 56 mm through-hole and A2-5 mount ensures robustness and versatility. The 6-station automatic turret enables fast and productive tool changes, while the Siemens 808D Advanced CNC control offers easy management and programming. The continuous speed adjustment from 150 to 2500 rpm makes this lathe suitable for various materials. Equipped with integrated cooling, automatic lubrication, and an electronic handwheel, it guarantees efficiency and long life. With a weight of 1190 kg, it is the choice for workshops that demand reliability and constant precision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMain Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• Distance between centers: 1000 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Center height: 160 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Swing over bed: 320 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Swing over cross slide: 150 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Spindle bore: 56 mm, A2-5 mount\u003cbr\u003e• Speed range: 150 – 2500 rpm, continuous adjustment\u003cbr\u003e• 6-station automatic tool turret\u003cbr\u003e• Siemens 808D Advanced CNC\u003cbr\u003e• Motor power: 3.7 kW\u003cbr\u003e• Machine weight: approx. 1190 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical table:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCenter height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e320 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over cross slide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBed width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e215 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle nose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA2-5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 – 2500 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX\/Z axis travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 \/ 1000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRapid traverse X\/Z\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 \/ 7 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurret stations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTool dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 x 16 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePositioning accuracy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e± 0.01 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuill Ø 45 mm, travel 100 mm, MT4 taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.7 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2160 x 1150 x 1840 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1190 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• Ø 160 mm self-centering chuck\u003cbr\u003e• 6-station automatic turret\u003cbr\u003e• Tool holders (3 pcs.)\u003cbr\u003e• Siemens 808D Advanced CNC\u003cbr\u003e• Cooling system\u003cbr\u003e• LED work light\u003cbr\u003e• Fixed MT4 tailstock\u003cbr\u003e• Automatic axis lubrication\u003cbr\u003e• Electronic handwheel\u003cbr\u003e• Protective cover\u003cbr\u003e• Tool kit\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the Siemens 808D Advanced control and what does it allow?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Siemens 808D Advanced is the numerical control (CNC) mounted on CK Bernardo lathes. It allows programming automatic machining cycles in ISO\/DIN code (G-code), on-screen tool path simulation before execution, management of up to 16 tools in memory, fixed cycles for turning, threading, and drilling. The ergonomic keyboard and color screen make it accessible even to operators new to CNC.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between CK 320, CK 360, and CK 400?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe number indicates the center height (turning radius): CK 320 → max Ø 320 mm (center height 160 mm), CK 360 → max Ø 360 mm (center height 180 mm), CK 400 → max Ø 400 mm (center height 200 mm). The distance between centers (500, 750, 1000 mm) indicates the maximum workpiece length. Choose the model based on the maximum diameter and length of the workpieces to be machined.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan an operator with experience only on manual lathes use the CKs?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, with a learning curve of 2–4 weeks. The Siemens 808D Advanced is designed for the transition from manual lathes to CNC: it has an \"MDI\" (Manual Data Input) mode that allows single operations as on a manual lathe, and conversational programming guides the operator in creating the program without needing to know G-code from scratch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 working day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCK lathes are stationary workshop machines. Consider space for workpiece movement in front of and behind the machine equal to the length between centers, plus 80 cm on each side. For machines over 500 kg, coordinate with Krollit for unloading equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714295402824,"sku":"03-1402XL1","price":22211.76,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Tornio_CNC_CK_320_x_1000_con_Siemens_808D_Advanced.png?v=1756743761"},{"product_id":"bernardo-tornio-metallo-cnc-ck-320-x-500","title":"Bernardo CK 320 x 500 – Compact and precise CNC lathe","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCK 320 x 500 CNC Lathe with Siemens 808D Advanced\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo CK 320 x 500\u003c\/strong\u003e CNC lathe combines compactness and precision, making it suitable for workshops and laboratories that require a reliable and versatile CNC lathe. With a distance between centers of 500 mm and a center height of 160 mm, it allows for machining workpieces up to Ø 320 mm. The 56 mm spindle bore with A2-5 mount ensures versatility and stability, while the 6-station automatic tool turret provides quick tool changes. The continuous speed adjustment from 150 to 2500 rpm allows for easy adaptation to different materials. Equipped with a Siemens 808D Advanced CNC, cooling system, automatic lubrication, and electronic handwheel, it ensures operational efficiency and ease of use. With a weight of 870 kg and a robust structure, it is the compact and high-performance choice for precision machining.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMain specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• Distance between centers: 500 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Center height: 160 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Swing over bed: 320 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Swing over cross slide: 150 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Spindle bore: 56 mm, A2-5 mount\u003cbr\u003e• Speed range: 150 – 2500 rpm, continuous adjustment\u003cbr\u003e• 6-station automatic tool turret\u003cbr\u003e• Siemens 808D Advanced CNC\u003cbr\u003e• Motor power: 3.7 kW\u003cbr\u003e• Machine weight: approx. 870 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical table:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCenter height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e320 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over cross slide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBed width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e215 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle mount\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA2-5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 – 2500 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX\/Z axis travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 \/ 500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX\/Z rapid feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 \/ 7 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurret stations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTool dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 x 16 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePositioning accuracy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e± 0.01 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuill Ø 45 mm, travel 100 mm, MT4 taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.7 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1660 x 1150 x 1840 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e870 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• Ø 160 mm self-centering chuck\u003cbr\u003e• 6-station automatic turret\u003cbr\u003e• Tool holders (3 pcs.)\u003cbr\u003e• Siemens 808D Advanced CNC\u003cbr\u003e• Cooling system\u003cbr\u003e• LED work light\u003cbr\u003e• MT4 fixed tailstock\u003cbr\u003e• Automatic axis lubrication\u003cbr\u003e• Electronic handwheel\u003cbr\u003e• Protective cover\u003cbr\u003e• Tool kit\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the Siemens 808D Advanced control and what does it allow?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Siemens 808D Advanced is the numerical control (CNC) mounted on Bernardo CK lathes. It allows for the programming of automatic machining cycles in ISO\/DIN code (G-code), simulation of the tool path on screen before execution, management of up to 16 tools in memory, fixed cycles for turning, threading, and drilling. The ergonomic keyboard and color screen make it accessible even to operators new to CNC.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between CK 320, CK 360, and CK 400?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe number indicates the center height (maximum turning radius): CK 320 → Ø max 320 mm (center height 160 mm), CK 360 → Ø max 360 mm (center height 180 mm), CK 400 → Ø max 400 mm (center height 200 mm). The distance between centers (500, 750, 1000 mm) indicates the maximum workpiece length. Choose the model based on the maximum diameter and length of the workpieces to be machined.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan an operator with experience only on manual lathes use the CK?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, with a learning curve of 2–4 weeks. The Siemens 808D Advanced is designed for the transition from manual to CNC lathes: it has an \"MDI\" (Manual Data Input) mode that allows single operations to be performed as on a manual lathe, and conversational programming guides the operator in creating the program without having to know G-code from scratch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCK lathes are fixed workshop machines. Consider space for workpiece handling in front of and behind the machine equal to the distance between centers, plus 80 cm on each side. For machines over 500 kg, coordinate with Krollit for unloading equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714296811848,"sku":"03-1402XL","price":20503.7,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Tornio_CNC_CK_320_x_500_con_Siemens_808D_Advanced.png?v=1756742630"},{"product_id":"bernardo-tornio-metallo-cnc-ck-320-x-750","title":"Bernardo CK 320 x 750 – Compact and versatile CNC lathe","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCK 320 x 750 CNC Metal Lathe with Siemens 808D Advanced\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo CK 320 x 750\u003c\/strong\u003e CNC lathe is a compact and precise machine tool designed for professional mechanical machining. With a distance between centers of 750 mm and a center height of 160 mm, it allows machining of workpieces up to Ø 320 mm. The spindle with a 56 mm bore and A2-5 mount offers stability and versatility, while the 6-station automatic tool turret ensures fast and productive tool changes. The continuous speed regulation from 150 to 2500 rpm allows adaptability to different materials. Equipped with a Siemens 808D Advanced CNC, cooling system, automatic lubrication, and electronic handwheel, it guarantees operational efficiency and safety. With a solid structure and a weight of 1030 kg, it is the suitable choice for workshops and laboratories that require quality and reliability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMain specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• Distance between centers: 750 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Center height: 160 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Swing over bed: 320 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Swing over cross slide: 150 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Spindle bore: 56 mm, A2-5 mount\u003cbr\u003e• Speed range: 150 – 2500 rpm, continuous regulation\u003cbr\u003e• 6-station automatic tool turret\u003cbr\u003e• Siemens 808D Advanced CNC\u003cbr\u003e• Motor power: 3.7 kW\u003cbr\u003e• Machine weight: approx. 1030 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical data:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e750 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCenter height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e320 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over cross slide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBed width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e215 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle mount\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA2-5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 – 2500 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX\/Z axis travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 \/ 750 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRapid feeds X\/Z\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 \/ 7 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurret stations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTool dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 x 16 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePositioning accuracy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e± 0.01 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuill Ø 45 mm, travel 100 mm, MT4 taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.7 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1910 x 1150 x 1840 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1030 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• Ø 160 mm self-centering chuck\u003cbr\u003e• 6-station automatic turret\u003cbr\u003e• Tool holders (3 pcs.)\u003cbr\u003e• Siemens 808D Advanced CNC\u003cbr\u003e• Cooling system\u003cbr\u003e• LED work light\u003cbr\u003e• MT4 fixed tailstock\u003cbr\u003e• Automatic axis lubrication\u003cbr\u003e• Electronic handwheel\u003cbr\u003e• Protective cover\u003cbr\u003e• Tool kit\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days for Southern Italy). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the Siemens 808D Advanced control and what does it allow?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Siemens 808D Advanced is the numerical control (CNC) mounted on Bernardo CK lathes. It allows programming of automatic machining cycles in ISO\/DIN code (G-code), tool path simulation on screen before execution, management of up to 16 tools in memory, fixed cycles for turning, threading, and drilling. The ergonomic keyboard and color screen make it accessible even to operators who are new to CNC.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between CK 320, CK 360, and CK 400?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe number indicates the center height (swing radius): CK 320 → max Ø 320 mm (center height 160 mm), CK 360 → max Ø 360 mm (center height 180 mm), CK 400 → max Ø 400 mm (center height 200 mm). The distance between centers (500, 750, 1000 mm) indicates the maximum workpiece length. Choose the model based on the maximum diameter and length of the workpieces to be machined.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan an operator with experience only on manual lathes use the CK?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, with a learning curve of 2–4 weeks. The Siemens 808D Advanced is designed for the transition from manual to CNC lathes: it has an \"MDI\" (Manual Data Input) mode that allows single operations to be performed as on a manual lathe, and conversational programming guides the operator in creating the program without needing to know G-code from scratch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCK lathes are fixed workshop machines. Consider space for workpiece movement in front of and behind the machine equal to the length between centers, plus 80 cm on each side. For machines over 500 kg, coordinate with Krollit for unloading equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714298548552,"sku":"03-1402XL0","price":21455.33,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Tornio_CNC_CK_320_x_750_con_Siemens_808D_Advanced.png?v=1756740593"},{"product_id":"bernardo-tornio-metallo-cnc-ck-360-x-500","title":"Bernardo CNC-lathe CK 360 x 500 – Compact and precise CNC lathe","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCNC Lathe CK 360 x 500 with Siemens 808D Advanced\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo CK 360 x 500\u003c\/strong\u003e CNC lathe is designed for precision, stability, and reliability in machining operations. With a distance between centers of 500 mm and a center height of 180 mm, it allows for machining of workpieces up to Ø 360 mm. Thanks to the spindle with a 60 mm bore and A2-6 spindle nose, it combines versatility and power. The continuously variable electronic gear change offers a speed range from 150 to 2500 rpm, while the 6-position automatic tool turret ensures speed and productivity. Equipped with Siemens 808D Advanced CNC, automatic lubrication, and an integrated cooling system, it is suitable for workshops and laboratories requiring consistent quality and operational safety. The compact and robust structure, weighing 1390 kg, is built for durability and stability even under intensive loads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMain Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• Distance between centers: 500 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Center height: 180 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Swing over bed: 360 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Swing over cross slide: 150 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Spindle bore: 60 mm, A2-6 spindle nose\u003cbr\u003e• Speed range: 150 – 2500 rpm, continuously variable\u003cbr\u003e• 6-station automatic tool turret\u003cbr\u003e• Siemens 808D Advanced CNC\u003cbr\u003e• Motor power: 3.7 kW\u003cbr\u003e• Machine weight: approx. 1390 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Table:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCenter height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over cross slide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBed width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e260 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle nose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA2-6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 – 2500 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX\/Z axis travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 \/ 500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRapid traverse X\/Z\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 \/ 7 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurret stations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTool dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 x 16 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePositioning accuracy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e± 0.01 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuill Ø 50 mm, travel 100 mm, MK4 taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.7 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2200 x 1150 x 1835 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1390 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• Hydraulic self-centering chuck Ø 200 mm with hydraulic unit\u003cbr\u003e• 6-station automatic tool turret\u003cbr\u003e• Tool holders (3 pcs.)\u003cbr\u003e• Tailstock with hydraulic adjustment\u003cbr\u003e• Siemens 808D Advanced CNC\u003cbr\u003e• Cooling system\u003cbr\u003e• LED work lamp\u003cbr\u003e• Fixed tailstock MT4\u003cbr\u003e• Automatic axis lubrication\u003cbr\u003e• Electronic handwheel\u003cbr\u003e• Protective cover\u003cbr\u003e• Tool kit\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the Siemens 808D Advanced control and what does it allow?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Siemens 808D Advanced is the numerical control (CNC) mounted on Bernardo CK lathes. It allows for the programming of automatic machining cycles in ISO\/DIN code (G-code), simulation of the tool path on screen before execution, management of up to 16 tools in memory, fixed cycles for turning, threading, and drilling. The ergonomic keyboard and color screen make it accessible even to operators new to CNC.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between CK 320, CK 360, and CK 400?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe number indicates the center height (turnable radius): CK 320 → Ø max 320 mm (center height 160 mm), CK 360 → Ø max 360 mm (center height 180 mm), CK 400 → Ø max 400 mm (center height 200 mm). The distance between centers (500, 750, 1000 mm) indicates the maximum workpiece length. Choose the model based on the maximum diameter and length of the workpieces to be machined.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan an operator with experience only on manual lathes use the CK lathes?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, with a learning curve of 2–4 weeks. The Siemens 808D Advanced is designed for the transition from manual lathes to CNC: it has an \"MDI\" (Manual Data Input) mode that allows single operations to be performed as on a manual lathe, and conversational programming guides the operator in creating the program without having to know G-code from scratch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCK lathes are fixed workshop machines. Consider space for workpiece handling in front of and behind the machine equal to the distance between centers, plus 80 cm on each side. For machines over 500 kg, coordinate with Krollit for unloading equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714299760968,"sku":"03-1403XL","price":27001.52,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Tornio_CNC_CK_360_x_500_con_Siemens_808D_Advanced.png?v=1756738991"},{"product_id":"bernardo-tornio-metallo-cnc-ck-360-x-750","title":"Bernardo CK 360 x 750 CNC Lathe – Compact and High-Precision","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCNC Lathe Siemens 808D Advanced – 750 mm Travel\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo CK 360 x 750 CNC lathe is a compact and powerful professional machine, suitable for workshops and production departments that require precision and reliability. With a distance between centers of 750 mm and a swing over bed of 360 mm, it allows for the machining of medium-sized workpieces. The spindle with a 60 mm through-hole and A2-6 mount, combined with a 3.7 kW motor and adjustable speed from 150 to 2500 rpm, offers high performance. Equipped with a 6-position automatic tool turret for 16x16 mm tools, Siemens 808D Advanced CNC, hydraulic self-centering chuck Ø 200 mm, and automatic lubrication, it ensures continuous productivity. With a robust 1550 kg structure and positioning accuracy of ±0.01 mm, it is the modern and compact choice for professional CNC turning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMain Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• Distance between centers: 750 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Center height: 180 mm – Swing over bed Ø 360 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Spindle bore: 60 mm with A2-6 mount\u003cbr\u003e• Continuous speed range: 150–2500 rpm\u003cbr\u003e• 6-position automatic tool turret for 16×16 mm tools\u003cbr\u003e• Axis travel: X = 180 mm \/ Z = 750 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Rapid feeds: 4 m\/min (X) – 7 m\/min (Z)\u003cbr\u003e• Positioning accuracy: ±0.01 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Tailstock with 100 mm travel (Ø 50 mm, MT4)\u003cbr\u003e• Siemens 808D Advanced CNC with electronic handwheel\u003cbr\u003e• Weight: 1550 kg – compact and solid structure\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCK 360 x 750\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e750 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCenter height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed Ø\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over cross slide Ø\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBed width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e260 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle mount\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA2-6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150–2500 rpm (continuous)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAxis travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX: 180 mm \/ Z: 750 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRapid feeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX = 4 m\/min \/ Z = 7 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTool turret\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 positions – 16×16 mm tools\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePositioning accuracy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e±0.01 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mm (Ø 50 mm, MT4)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMain motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.7 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCNC Control\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSiemens 808D Advanced\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2450 × 1150 × 1835 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 1550 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• Hydraulic self-centering chuck Ø 200 mm with power unit\u003cbr\u003e• 6-station automatic turret\u003cbr\u003e• 3 tool holders included\u003cbr\u003e• Tailstock with hydraulic adjustment\u003cbr\u003e• Siemens 808D Advanced CNC\u003cbr\u003e• Coolant device\u003cbr\u003e• LED machine light\u003cbr\u003e• MT4 rotary tailstock\u003cbr\u003e• Automatic lubrication for longitudinal and cross slides\u003cbr\u003e• Electronic handwheel\u003cbr\u003e• Full protective enclosure\u003cbr\u003e• Tool set\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the Siemens 808D Advanced control and what does it allow?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Siemens 808D Advanced is the numerical control (CNC) mounted on Bernardo CK lathes. It allows for programming automatic machining cycles in ISO\/DIN code (G-code), simulating the tool path on screen before execution, managing up to 16 tools in memory, fixed cycles for turning, threading, and drilling. The ergonomic keyboard and color screen make it accessible even for operators new to CNC.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between CK 320, CK 360, and CK 400?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe number indicates the center height (turning radius): CK 320 → max Ø 320 mm (center height 160 mm), CK 360 → max Ø 360 mm (center height 180 mm), CK 400 → max Ø 400 mm (center height 200 mm). The distance between centers (500, 750, 1000 mm) indicates the maximum workpiece length. Choose the model based on the maximum diameter and length of the workpieces to be machined.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan an operator with experience only on manual lathes use the CKs?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, with a learning curve of 2–4 weeks. The Siemens 808D Advanced is designed for the transition from manual lathes to CNC: it has an \"MDI\" (Manual Data Input) mode that allows single operations to be performed like on a manual lathe, and conversational programming guides the operator in creating the program without needing to know G-code from scratch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCK lathes are fixed workshop machines. Consider space for workpiece handling in front of and behind the machine equal to the distance between centers, plus 80 cm on each side. For machines over 500 kg, coordinate with Krollit for unloading equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714300678472,"sku":"03-1403XL0","price":27494.53,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Tornio_CNC_Siemens_808D_Advanced_Torretta_6_posizioni.png?v=1756737251"},{"product_id":"bernardo-tornio-metallo-cnc-ck-400-x-1000","title":"Bernardo CK 400 x 1000 CNC Lathe - Powerful and High-Precision","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCNC Lathe with Siemens 808D Advanced Control\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo CK 400 x 1000 CNC lathe is a professional machine designed for high-precision machining of medium and large workpieces. With a distance between centers of 1000 mm and a swing over bed of 400 mm, it offers great operational capacity. The spindle with a 66 mm through-hole and A2-6 mount, combined with the electronic gearbox with variable speed of 30–2500 rpm, ensures flexibility and high performance. Equipped with an 8-position automatic tool turret, Siemens 808D Advanced CNC, automatic lubrication, and a 200 mm hydraulic self-centering chuck, it ensures productivity and ease of use. Thanks to its robust structure (1960 kg) and positioning accuracy of ±0.01 mm, it is the suitable choice for workshops, mechanical companies, and production departments that require reliability, speed, and machining quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMain specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• Distance between centers: 1000 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Center height: 200 mm – Swing over bed Ø 400 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Spindle bore: 66 mm with A2-6 mount\u003cbr\u003e• Continuous speed range: 30–2500 rpm\u003cbr\u003e• 8-position automatic tool turret for 20×20 mm tools\u003cbr\u003e• Axis travel: X = 210 mm \/ Z = 1000 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Rapid feeds: 6 m\/min (X) – 8 m\/min (Z)\u003cbr\u003e• Positioning accuracy: ±0.01 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Tailstock with 140 mm travel (MT4)\u003cbr\u003e• Integrated Siemens 808D Advanced CNC\u003cbr\u003e• Weight: 1960 kg – solid and professional structure\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCK 400 x 1000\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCenter height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over cross slide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBed width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e330 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e66 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle mount\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA2-6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30–2500 rpm (continuous)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAxis travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX: 210 mm \/ Z: 1000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRapid feeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX = 6 m\/min \/ Z = 8 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTool turret\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 positions – 20×20 mm tools\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePositioning accuracy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e±0.01 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e140 mm (Ø 55 mm, MT4)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMain motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCNC control\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSiemens 808D Advanced\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3100 × 1510 × 1950 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 1960 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• Hydraulic self-centering chuck Ø 200 mm with power unit\u003cbr\u003e• 8-station automatic tool turret\u003cbr\u003e• 3 tool holders included\u003cbr\u003e• Tailstock with hydraulic adjustment\u003cbr\u003e• Siemens 808D Advanced CNC\u003cbr\u003e• Coolant device\u003cbr\u003e• LED machine light\u003cbr\u003e• Rotating tailstock MT4\u003cbr\u003e• Automatic lubrication for longitudinal and cross slide\u003cbr\u003e• Electronic handwheel\u003cbr\u003e• Full protective enclosure\u003cbr\u003e• Tool set\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the Siemens 808D Advanced control and what does it allow?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Siemens 808D Advanced is the numerical control (CNC) mounted on Bernardo CK lathes. It allows for the programming of automatic machining cycles in ISO\/DIN code (G-code), on-screen simulation of the tool path before execution, management of up to 16 tools in memory, fixed cycles for turning, threading, and drilling. The ergonomic keyboard and color screen make it accessible even to operators new to CNC.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between CK 320, CK 360 and CK 400?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe number indicates the center height (swing radius): CK 320 → max Ø 320 mm (center height 160 mm), CK 360 → max Ø 360 mm (center height 180 mm), CK 400 → max Ø 400 mm (center height 200 mm). The distance between centers (500, 750, 1000 mm) indicates the maximum workpiece length. Choose the model based on the maximum diameter and length of the workpieces to be machined.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan an operator with experience only on manual lathes use the CK?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, with a learning curve of 2–4 weeks. The Siemens 808D Advanced is designed for the transition from manual lathes to CNC: it has an \"MDI\" (Manual Data Input) mode that allows single operations to be performed as on a manual lathe, and conversational programming guides the operator in creating the program without having to know G-code from scratch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCK lathes are fixed workshop machines. Consider space for workpiece handling in front of and behind the machine equal to the distance between centers, plus 80 cm on each side. For machines over 500 kg, coordinate with Krollit for unloading equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714301432136,"sku":"03-1404XL0","price":37479.28,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Tornio_CNC_Siemens_808D_Advanced.png?v=1756734855"},{"product_id":"bernardo-tornio-metallo-hobby-800-g-400v","title":"Bernardo Hobby 800 G \/ 400 V Lathe – Versatile and Robust","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Hobby 800 G \/ 400 V Lathe\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Hobby 800 G \/ 400 V lathe is designed for advanced hobbyists and small workshops seeking precision and stability in mechanical machining. With a distance between centers of 750 mm and a swing over bed of 330 mm, it allows for the machining of medium-sized workpieces. The 38 mm spindle bore with MT5 taper and the gear change with 12 speeds from 70 to 1800 rpm ensure flexible use. Equipped with automatic longitudinal and cross feeds with numerous combinations, it allows for metric and imperial threading. The machine is fitted with an LED light, chip tray, and safety guards for practical and reliable operation. With a weight of 268 kg and a 1.1 kW motor, it represents a robust and durable lathe, suitable for workshop applications and professional model making.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMain Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• Distance between centers: 750 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Center height: 165 mm – Swing over bed 330 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Spindle bore: 38 mm with MT5 taper connection\u003cbr\u003e• Gear change with 12 speeds: 70–1800 rpm\u003cbr\u003e• Automatic longitudinal (45) and cross (48) feeds\u003cbr\u003e• Metric threads (17) from 0.5 to 4 mm \/ Imperial threads (26) from 8 to 40 TPI\u003cbr\u003e• Tailstock with 75 mm travel (MT3)\u003cbr\u003e• Integrated LED light, chip tray, and safety guards\u003cbr\u003e• Weight: 268 kg – stable and robust structure\u003cbr\u003e• Machine dimensions: 1370 × 680 × 1320 mm\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobby 800 G \/ 400 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e750 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCenter height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e165 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e330 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBed width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38 mm (MT5)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLathe speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(12) 70–1800 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLongitudinal feeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(45) 0.0087–1.395 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCross feeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(48) 0.018–0.296 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetric threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(17) 0.5–4 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eImperial threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(26) 8–40 TPI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 mm (MT3)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor output power S1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.1 kW \/ 400 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor input power S6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW \/ 400 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1370 × 680 × 1320 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 268 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 V three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• 3-jaw self-centering chuck Ø 160 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Cross slide with top support\u003cbr\u003e• Fixed tailstock\u003cbr\u003e• Set of spare gears\u003cbr\u003e• 4-way tool post\u003cbr\u003e• Integrated LED light\u003cbr\u003e• Spindle guard and splash guard\u003cbr\u003e• Leadscrew cover\u003cbr\u003e• Chip tray\u003cbr\u003e• Stand included\u003cbr\u003e• Tool set\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer assistance available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between Hobby and Profi in the Bernardo lathe range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Hobby series is designed for advanced hobbyists and small workshops: lower speeds, single-phase or three-phase motors of medium power, distances between centers up to 750 mm. The Profi series is for continuous professional use: more powerful motors, extended speeds, distances between centers up to 3000 mm, greater structural rigidity for machining hard materials. The suffix G indicates gear change; Vario indicates continuous speed adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat do the suffixes \"G\" and \"Vario\" in the name mean?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eG (Getriebe) indicates gear speed change — more torque at low speeds, suitable for hard steels and large sections. Vario indicates continuous mechanical variator — speed can be adjusted without stopping the machine, suitable for quickly alternating between roughing and finishing. Vario models have less torque at low speeds than G models, but more operational flexibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the 3-jaw self-centering chuck included as standard?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — Bernardo Hobby and Profi lathes include a 3-jaw self-centering chuck, a revolving tailstock, and basic tools as standard. Optional accessories (4-jaw chuck, steady rest, follower rest, collets) are available separately from Krollit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eSpare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer assistance available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConsider at least the distance between centers clear in front and behind the lathe for workpiece handling, plus 80 cm on each side. For lathes over 300 kg, coordinate with Krollit for necessary unloading equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714304119112,"sku":"03-11620","price":3355.11,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Tornio_metallo_Hobby_800_G_400_V.png?v=1756733455"},{"product_id":"torni-bernardo-profi-650-g-400v","title":"Lathe Bernardo Profi 650 G \/ 400 V – Robust and precise","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePrecision Lathe Profi 650 G \/ 400 V\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Profi 650 G \/ 400 V geared head lathe is designed for precise and reliable machining of medium-sized workpieces. With a distance between centers of 650 mm and a swing over bed of 280 mm, it offers extensive application possibilities in workshops and laboratories. The 26 mm spindle bore with MT4 taper and the Norton gearbox with 12 adjustable speeds from 70 to 2000 rpm allow for various machining operations. The machine can produce metric and imperial threads with numerous combinations, thanks to the included gear set. The robust structure (202 kg) ensures stability, while the included accessories, such as an LED light and safety guards, guarantee comfort and reliability. A professional lathe that combines power and precision, suitable for workshop turning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMain Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• Distance between centers: 650 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Center height: 140 mm – Swing over bed Ø 280 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Spindle bore: 26 mm – MT4 taper\u003cbr\u003e• Geared headstock with 12 speeds: 70–2000 rpm\u003cbr\u003e• Metric threads (27) from 0.25 to 5 mm \/ Imperial threads (20) from 6 to 96 TPI\u003cbr\u003e• Longitudinal and cross feeds (15 ratios each)\u003cbr\u003e• Tailstock with 105 mm travel (MT3)\u003cbr\u003e• Robust structure with bed width of 160 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Weight 202 kg – high stability during machining\u003cbr\u003e• Machine dimensions: 1400 × 720 × 520 mm\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfi 650 G \/ 400 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e650 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCenter height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e140 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e280 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBed width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26 mm (MT4)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLathe speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(12) 70–2000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLongitudinal feeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(15) 0.036–0.364 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCross feeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(15) 0.019–0.188 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetric threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(27) 0.25–5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInch threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(20) 6–96 TPI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e105 mm (MT3)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power output S1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.75 kW \/ 400 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power input S6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.0 kW \/ 400 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1400 × 720 × 520 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 202 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 V three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• 3-jaw self-centering chuck Ø 125 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Flange Ø 125 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Cross slide with top support\u003cbr\u003e• Fixed centers\u003cbr\u003e• Thread indicator\u003cbr\u003e• Set of spare gears\u003cbr\u003e• 4-way tool post\u003cbr\u003e• Integrated LED light\u003cbr\u003e• Spindle guard and splash guard\u003cbr\u003e• Leadscrew cover\u003cbr\u003e• Tool set\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between Hobby and Profi in the Bernardo lathe range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Hobby series is designed for advanced hobbyists and small workshops: lower speeds, single-phase or three-phase motors of medium power, distances between centers up to 750 mm. The Profi series is for continuous professional use: more powerful motors, extended speeds, distances between centers up to 3000 mm, greater structural rigidity for machining hard materials. The suffix G indicates geared headstock; Vario indicates continuous speed adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat do the suffixes \"G\" and \"Vario\" in the name mean?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eG (Getriebe) indicates geared speed change — more torque at low speeds, suitable for hard steels and large sections. Vario indicates continuous mechanical variator — speed can be adjusted without stopping the machine, suitable for quickly switching between roughing and finishing. Vario models have less torque at low speeds compared to G models, but more operational flexibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the 3-jaw self-centering chuck included as standard?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — Bernardo Hobby and Profi lathes include a 3-jaw self-centering chuck, live center, and basic tools as standard. Optional accessories (4-jaw chuck, steady rest, follow rest, collets) are available separately from Krollit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConsider at least the distance between centers clear in front and behind the lathe for workpiece handling, plus 80 cm on each side. For lathes over 300 kg, coordinate with Krollit for the necessary unloading equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714305691976,"sku":"03-1157","price":2920.78,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Tornio_di_precisione_Profi_650_G_400_V.png?v=1756731720"},{"product_id":"bernardo-tornio-metallo-di-precisione-profi-880-g-vario-400v","title":"Lathe Bernardo Profi 880 G Vario \/ 400 V – Powerful and precise","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Profi 880 G Vario \/ 400 V Lathe\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Profi 880 G Vario \/ 400 V lathe is designed for professionals and workshops that require power, precision, and versatility. With a center distance of 880 mm and a swing over bed of 320 mm, it allows for the machining of medium-sized workpieces with great stability. The spindle with a 38 mm bore and D1-4 mount according to DIN 55029 ensures compatibility and safety. The frequency inverter provides variable speed control between 75 and 2250 rpm, adapting to every machining operation. Equipped with a digital speed display, LED light, and automatic feeds, this lathe combines comfort and high performance. Suitable for precision turning, metric and inch threading, it offers a robust 255 kg structure that increases its stability and longevity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMain Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• Distance between centers: 880 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Center height: 160 mm – Swing over bed Ø 320 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Spindle bore: 38 mm with D1-4 mount (DIN 55029)\u003cbr\u003e• Variable speed range: 75–2250 rpm with frequency inverter\u003cbr\u003e• Metric threads (18): 0.2 to 3.5 mm \/ Inch threads (21): 8 to 56 TPI\u003cbr\u003e• Automatic longitudinal and cross feeds with 15 ratios\u003cbr\u003e• Tailstock quill travel: 100 mm (MT3)\u003cbr\u003e• Digital speed display and integrated LED light\u003cbr\u003e• Machine dimensions: 1660 × 650 × 570 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Weight: 255 kg – robust and stable structure\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfi 880 G Vario \/ 400 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e880 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCenter height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e320 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle mount\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDIN 55029, D1-4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLathe speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75–435 \/ 400–2250 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLongitudinal feeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(15) 0.07–1.0 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCross feeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(15) 0.017–0.25 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetric threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(18) 0.2–3.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInch threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(21) 8–56 TPI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mm (MT3)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power output S1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW \/ 400 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power input S6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 kW \/ 400 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1660 × 650 × 570 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 255 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 V three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• 3-jaw self-centering chuck Ø 160 mm \/ D4 mount\u003cbr\u003e• Fixed centers\u003cbr\u003e• Set of spare gears\u003cbr\u003e• 4-position tool post\u003cbr\u003e• Safety clutch\u003cbr\u003e• Micrometer longitudinal stop\u003cbr\u003e• Cross slide with top support\u003cbr\u003e• Integrated frequency inverter\u003cbr\u003e• Digital speed display\u003cbr\u003e• Thread indicator\u003cbr\u003e• Machine LED light\u003cbr\u003e• Spindle guard and splash guard\u003cbr\u003e• Lead screw cover\u003cbr\u003e• Tool kit\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between Hobby and Profi in the Bernardo lathe range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Hobby series is designed for advanced hobbyists and small workshops: lower speeds, single-phase or medium-power three-phase motors, center distances up to 750 mm. The Profi series is for continuous professional use: more powerful motors, extended speeds, center distances up to 3000 mm, greater structural rigidity for machining hard materials. The suffix G indicates gear change; Vario indicates continuous speed regulation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat do the suffixes \"G\" and \"Vario\" in the name mean?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eG (Getriebe) indicates geared speed change — more torque at low speeds, suitable for hard steels and large sections. Vario indicates continuous mechanical variator — speed can be adjusted without stopping the machine, suitable for quickly switching between roughing and finishing. Vario models have less torque at low speeds than G models, but more operational flexibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the 3-jaw self-centering chuck included as standard?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — Hobby and Profi Bernardo lathes include a 3-jaw self-centering chuck, live center, and basic tools as standard. Optional accessories (4-jaw chuck, steady rest, follow rest, collets) are available separately from Krollit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 working day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConsider at least the center distance free in front of and behind the lathe for workpiece handling, plus 80 cm on each side. For lathes over 300 kg, coordinate with Krollit for the necessary unloading equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714307428680,"sku":"03-1188","price":3916.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Tornio_di_precisione_Profi_880_G_Vario_400_V.png?v=1756483974"},{"product_id":"bernardo-tornio-metallo-proficenter-250-230v","title":"Bernardo Proficenter 250 Metal Lathe","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Proficenter 250 is a metal lathe for professional use, with a distance between centers of 250 mm, a center height of 75 mm, and a weight of approx. 39 kg. Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand: Bernardo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: Proficenter 250 \/ 230 V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance between centers: 250 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCenter height: 75 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwing over bed: 150 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle bore: 10 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLathe speed: 100–2000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMetric threads: (5) 0.5–1.25 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Proficenter 250 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMechanical workshops and artisan turners use the Proficenter 250 for cylindrical turning, conical turning, and threading operations on steels and alloys. The machine supports the production of spare parts, shafts, bushings, and small series.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Proficenter 250 is part of the Bernardo metal lathe range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Proficenter 250 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMechanical workshops and artisan turners\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCylindrical turning, conical turning, and threading on steels and alloys\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial maintainers and repair centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachining of spare parts, shafts, bushings, and small-scale production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyists and model making\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTo be evaluated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional machine: for occasional home use, consider smaller benchtop models\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e applications outside the technical specifications declared by the manufacturer. For doubts about compatibility, contact Krollit customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMachining capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMilling machine – drilling capacity in steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 10 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCenter height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLathe speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100–2000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMilling spindle stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 mm (MT2)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMilling speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100–2000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMilling machine – height adjustable head\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e650 × 350 × 520 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProficenter 250 \/ 230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetric threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(5) 0.5–1.25 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eImperial threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(5) 16–24 TPI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 mm (MT1)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 39 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials can the Proficenter 250 work on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMild steels, alloy steels, cast iron, brass, and aluminum within the pass limits indicated in the technical specifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor hardened steels or high-strength alloys, it is advisable to reduce cutting speed and depth of cut. The machine is sized for general mechanical production; for special alloys, verify the compatibility of the spindle and tailstock Morse taper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is included in the standard equipment?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe equipment includes a self-centering chuck, tailstock, steady rest, threading accessories, and a set of wrenches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the exact list of accessories and spare parts provided, consult the manufacturer's technical data sheet. Krollit provides support for original Bernardo spare parts with delivery times of 3-5 working days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of power supply does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee the voltage data in the technical table. Compact benchtop machines are often 230 V single-phase, professional models 400 V three-phase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor 400 V three-phase models, an industrial power line is required. Verify the presence of adequate power supply in the workshop before purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the machine suitable for series production?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the model class: professional Bernardo lathes handle continuous cycles, while benchtop models are suitable for medium use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfi and Apollo series models are designed for intensive multi-shift use; Hobby and Goliath series for occasional use or small workshops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does it weigh and what installation does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWeight varies significantly by model: see \"Weight\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachines over 500 kg require industrial flooring and fastening with anchor bolts. Benchtop models up to 100 kg are installed on a sturdy bench with an adequately sized top.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714759921992,"sku":"03-1005","price":1195.04,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Mini_tornio_Proficenter_250_230_V_con_fresatrice_integrata.png?v=1756481580"},{"product_id":"torni-fresatrici-bernardo-proficenter-550-wqv","title":"Bernardo metal lathe milling machine Proficenter 550 WQV 230 V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Proficenter 550 WQV 230 V milling machine is a metal lathe for professional use, with a distance between centers of 550 mm, center height of 125 mm, and a weight of approx. 165 kg. Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrand: Bernardo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: Proficenter 550 WQV \/ 230 V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance between centers: 550 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCenter height: 125 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwing over bed: 250 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle bore: 26 mm (MK4)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLathe speed: 50–1000 \/ 100–2000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLongitudinal feeds: (6) 0.07–0.40 mm\/rev\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Proficenter 550 WQV 230 V milling machine and for what purpose\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMechanical workshops and artisan turners use the Proficenter 550 WQV 230 V milling machine for cylindrical turning, conical turning, and threading operations on steels and alloys. The machine supports the production of spare parts, shafts, bushings, and small series.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Proficenter 550 WQV 230 V milling machine is part of the Bernardo range of metal lathes, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for assistance with selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping from Krollit warehouse in 3-5 working days. Customer support in Italian available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Proficenter 550 WQV 230 V milling machine for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMechanical workshops and artisan turners\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCylindrical turning, conical turning, and threading on steels and alloys\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial maintenance technicians and repair centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachining of spare parts, shafts, bushings, and small-scale production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyists and model making\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTo be evaluated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional machine: for occasional home use, consider smaller benchtop models\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e applications that exceed the technical specifications declared by the manufacturer. For doubts about compatibility, contact Krollit customer support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMachining capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMilling machine – steel drilling capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e550 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCenter height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26 mm (MK4)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLathe speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50–1000 \/ 100–2000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMilling machine speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50–2250 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and dimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1210 × 610 × 860 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProficenter 550 WQV \/ 230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLongitudinal feeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(6) 0.07–0.40 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCross feeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(4) 0.03–0.075 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetric threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(18) 0.2–3.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInch threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(21) 8–56 TPI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock quill travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70 mm (MT2)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMilling machine – tilting head\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-90° \/ +90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 165 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials can the Proficenter 550 WQV 230 V milling machine work on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMild steels, alloy steels, cast iron, brass, and aluminum within the pass limits indicated in the technical specifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor hardened or high-strength alloy steels, it is advisable to reduce cutting speed and depth of cut. The machine is sized for general mechanical production; for special alloys, check the compatibility of the spindle and tailstock Morse taper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is included in the standard equipment?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe equipment includes a self-centering chuck, tailstock, steady rest, threading accessories, and a set of wrenches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the exact list of accessories and spare parts supplied, consult the manufacturer's technical sheet. Krollit provides support for original Bernardo spare parts with delivery times of 3-5 working days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of power supply does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee the voltage data in the technical table. Compact benchtop machines are often 230 V single-phase, professional models 400 V three-phase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor 400 V three-phase models, an industrial power line is required. Verify the presence of adequate power supply in the workshop before purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the machine suitable for series production?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the model class: professional Bernardo lathes handle continuous cycles, benchtop models are suitable for medium use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfi and Apollo models are designed for intensive multi-shift use; Hobby and Goliath series for occasional use or small workshops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does it weigh and what installation does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWeight varies significantly by model: see the \"Weight\" item in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachines over 500 kg require industrial flooring and fastening with anchors. Benchtop models up to 100 kg are installed on a sturdy bench with an adequately sized top.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714760708424,"sku":"03-1240","price":3599.12,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Tornio-fresatrice_Bernardo_Proficenter_550_WQV_compatto_e_preciso.png?v=1759138410"},{"product_id":"bernardo-tornio-per-metallo-hobby-500-230v-con-dro-2-assi-dt-40","title":"Metal Lathe Bernardo Hobby 500 \/ 230V with 2-axis DRO DT-40","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Hobby 500 \/ 230V with 2-axis DRO DT-40 is a metal lathe for professional use, with a distance between centers of 500 mm, center height of 110 mm, 0.55 kW \/ 230 V motor, and a weight of approx. 130 kg. Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance between centers: 500 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCenter height: 110 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwing over bed: 220 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle bore: 20 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle taper: CM 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle speed range: 140 – 1710 rpm (6 positions)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Hobby 500 \/ 230V with 2-axis DRO DT-40 and for what purpose\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMechanical workshops and artisan turners use the Hobby 500 \/ 230V with 2-axis DRO DT-40 for cylindrical, tapered, and threading operations on steels and alloys. The machine supports the production of spare parts, shafts, bushings, and small series.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Hobby 500 \/ 230V with 2-axis DRO DT-40 is part of the Bernardo metal lathe range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performance levels: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for assistance with selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 business days from the Krollit warehouse. Italian-speaking customer support available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Hobby 500 \/ 230V with 2-axis DRO DT-40 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Hobby 500 \/ 230V with 2-axis DRO DT-40 is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMechanical workshops and artisan turners\u003c\/strong\u003e: cylindrical, tapered, and threading operations on steels and alloys.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndustrial maintenance technicians and repair centers\u003c\/strong\u003e: machining of spare parts, shafts, bushings, and small-scale production.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHobbyists and model making\u003c\/strong\u003e: professional machine: for occasional home use, consider smaller bench models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle, tools, and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCenter height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCM 3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e140 – 1710 rpm (6 positions)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e220 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLongitudinal feeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(4) 0.05 – 0.2 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetric threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(11) 0.4 – 3 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInch threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e(11) 8 – 28 threads\/inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCM 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock quill travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1150 x 480 x 420 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 130 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power in S1 (100%) operation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.55 kW \/ 230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power in S6 (40%) operation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.80 kW \/ 230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials can the Hobby 500 \/ 230V with 2-axis DRO DT-40 work with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMild steels, alloy steels, cast iron, brass, and aluminum within the pass limits indicated in the technical specifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor hardened or high-strength alloy steels, it is advisable to reduce cutting speed and depth of cut. The machine is dimensioned for general mechanical production; for special alloys, verify the compatibility of the spindle and tailstock Morse taper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is included in the standard equipment?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe equipment includes a self-centering chuck, tailstock, steady rest, threading accessories, and a set of wrenches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the exact list of accessories and spare parts supplied, consult the manufacturer's technical sheet. Krollit provides support for original Bernardo spare parts with delivery times of 3-5 business days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of power supply does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee the voltage data in the technical table. Compact bench machines are often 230 V single-phase, professional models are 400 V three-phase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor 400 V three-phase models, an industrial electrical line is required. Verify the presence of adequate power supply in the workshop before purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the machine suitable for series production?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the model class: professional Bernardo lathes handle continuous cycles, while bench models are suitable for medium use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Profi and Apollo models are designed for intensive multi-shift use; the Hobby and Goliath series for occasional use or small workshops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does it weigh and what installation does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWeight varies significantly by model: see \"Weight\" in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachines over 500 kg require industrial flooring and fixing with anchors. Bench models up to 100 kg are installed on a sturdy bench with an appropriately sized top.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50714907541832,"sku":"03-1071","price":2318.07,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/ornio_da_banco_Hobby_500_230_V_con_visualizzatore_digitale_DT_40.png?v=1756477095"},{"product_id":"torni-bernardo-profi-700-bqv","title":"Bernardo Profi 700 BQV Vario metal lathe \/ 230 V with DRO","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Profi 700 BQV Vario \/ 230 V with DRO is a metal lathe for professional use, with a distance between centers of 700 mm, a center height of 140 mm, and a weight of 235 kg (without base). Krollit, official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance between centers: 700 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCenter height: 140 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwing over bed: 280 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle bore: 38 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle taper: MT5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLathe speed: 50–850 \/ 110–1800 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Profi 700 BQV Vario \/ 230 V with DRO and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMechanical workshops and artisanal turners use the Profi 700 BQV Vario \/ 230 V with DRO for cylindrical and conical turning, and threading on steels and alloys. The machine supports the production of spare parts, shafts, bushings, and small series.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Profi 700 BQV Vario \/ 230 V with DRO is part of the Bernardo metal lathe range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for selection assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipment in 5-9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipment in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Customer support in Italian is available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Profi 700 BQV Vario \/ 230 V with DRO for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Profi 700 BQV Vario \/ 230 V with DRO is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMechanical workshops and artisanal turners\u003c\/strong\u003e: cylindrical and conical turning, and threading on steels and alloys.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndustrial maintainers and repair centers\u003c\/strong\u003e: processing of spare parts, shafts, bushings, and small-scale production.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHobbyists and model making\u003c\/strong\u003e: professional machine; for occasional home use, consider smaller benchtop models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle, tools, and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCenter height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e140 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLathe speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50–850 \/ 110–1800 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e280 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLongitudinal feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.07 – 0.65 mm\/rev (14 steps)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCross feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.03 – 0.12 mm\/rev (11 steps)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetric threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.2 – 3.5 mm (18 steps)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInch threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 – 56 TPI (21 steps)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock quill travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1380 x 640 x 500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e235 kg (without base)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLathe motor S1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.1 kW \/ 230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLathe motor S6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW \/ 230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials can the Profi 700 BQV Vario \/ 230 V with DRO work on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMild steel, alloy steel, cast iron, brass, and aluminum within the feed limits indicated in the technical specifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor hardened or high-strength alloy steels, it is recommended to reduce cutting speed and depth of cut. The machine is sized for general mechanical production; for special alloys, check the compatibility of the spindle and tailstock Morse taper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is included in the standard equipment?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe equipment includes a self-centering chuck, tailstock, steady rest, threading accessories, and a set of wrenches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the exact list of accessories and spare parts supplied, consult the manufacturer's technical data sheet. Krollit provides support for original Bernardo spare parts with delivery times of 3-5 working days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of power supply is required?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee the voltage data in the technical table. Compact benchtop machines are often 230 V single-phase, professional models 400 V three-phase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor 400 V three-phase models, an industrial power line is required. Verify the presence of adequate power supply in the workshop before purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the machine suitable for series production?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the model class: professional Bernardo lathes handle continuous cycles, while benchtop models are suitable for medium use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfi and Apollo models are designed for intensive multi-shift use; Hobby and Goliath series for occasional use or small workshops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does it weigh and what installation does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWeight varies significantly by model: see the \"Weight\" entry in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachines over 500 kg require industrial flooring and anchoring with bolts. Benchtop models up to 100 kg are installed on a robust workbench with an adequately sized surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50715439268168,"sku":"03-1173B","price":4416.55,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/2_7a1700ee-c1d6-4d25-b3f7-ac0e256ebb65.png?v=1758884058"},{"product_id":"torni-bernardo-profi-700-pro-vario-400v-dro","title":"Bernardo Profi 700 PRO Vario Metal Lathe \/ 400 V with DRO","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Profi 700 PRO Vario \/ 400 V with DRO is a metal lathe for professional use, with a distance between centers of 700 mm, center height of 150 mm, and a weight of 235 kg (without base). Krollit has been an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance between centers: 700 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCenter height: 150 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwing over bed: 300 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBed width: 180 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle bore: 38 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle taper: MT5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the Profi 700 PRO Vario \/ 400 V with DRO and for what purpose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMechanical workshops and artisan turners use the Profi 700 PRO Vario \/ 400 V with DRO for cylindrical, conical turning and threading operations on steels and alloys. The machine supports the production of spare parts, shafts, bushings, and small series.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Profi 700 PRO Vario \/ 400 V with DRO is part of the Bernardo metal lathe range, distributed in Italy by Krollit since 2007. The Bernardo range includes models of various categories and performances: to choose the right machine for your use case, you can consult the Bernardo catalog on Krollit or contact customer support for assistance with selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). For spare parts and accessories, shipping in 3-5 working days from Krollit warehouse. Italian-speaking customer support available for technical documentation, product sheets, and spare parts order management. Krollit has been an official distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Profi 700 PRO Vario \/ 400 V with DRO for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Profi 700 PRO Vario \/ 400 V with DRO is recommended for the following professional profiles:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMechanical workshops and artisan turners\u003c\/strong\u003e: cylindrical, conical turning and threading on steels and alloys.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndustrial maintainers and repair centers\u003c\/strong\u003e: machining of spare parts, shafts, bushings, and small-scale production.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHobbyists and model making\u003c\/strong\u003e: professional machine: for occasional home use, consider smaller bench models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle, tools, and speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCenter height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLathe speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30–450 \/ 150–3000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTable, dimensions, and geometry\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBed width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1380 x 640 x 500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e235 kg (without base)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing over bed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLongitudinal feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.07 – 0.65 mm\/rev (14 steps)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCross feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.03 – 0.12 mm\/rev (11 steps)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetric threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.2 – 3.5 mm (18 steps)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInch threads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 – 56 TPI (21 steps)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock quill travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLathe motor S1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW \/ 400 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLathe motor S6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 kW \/ 400 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials can the Profi 700 PRO Vario \/ 400 V with DRO work on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMild steels, alloy steels, cast iron, brass, and aluminum within the cutting limits indicated in the technical specifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor hardened or high-strength alloy steels, it is advisable to reduce cutting speed and depth of cut. The machine is sized for general mechanical production; for special alloys, verify the compatibility of the spindle and tailstock Morse taper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is included in the standard equipment?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe equipment includes a self-centering chuck, tailstock, steady rest, threading accessories, and a set of wrenches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the exact list of accessories and spare parts provided, consult the manufacturer's technical data sheet. Krollit provides support for original Bernardo spare parts with delivery times of 3-5 working days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of power supply does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee the voltage data in the technical table. Compact bench machines are often 230 V single-phase, professional models 400 V three-phase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor 400 V three-phase models, an industrial power line is required. Verify the presence of adequate power supply in the workshop before purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the machine suitable for series production?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the model class: professional Bernardo lathes can handle continuous cycles, while bench models are suitable for medium use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfi and Apollo models are designed for intensive multi-shift use; Hobby and Goliath series are for occasional use or small workshops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does it weigh and what installation does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe weight varies significantly by model: see the \"Weight\" entry in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachines over 500 kg require industrial flooring and fixing with anchor bolts. Bench models up to 100 kg are installed on a sturdy workbench with an adequately sized top.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50715439399240,"sku":"03-1183B","price":5233.18,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Tornio_Bernardo_Profi_700_PRO_Vario_con_DRO_2_assi.jpg?v=1758883553"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/collections\/1745843306175blob.png?v=1753438682","url":"https:\/\/www.krollit.com\/collections\/lathes-for-metal.oembed","provider":"Krollit","version":"1.0","type":"link"}